RPCS3/archived-ffmpeg-core
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/RPCS3/ffmpeg-core.git synced 2026-01-31 01:25:19 +01:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

include: Update headers (#24)

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Macdu
2025-10-23 23:39:40 +02:00
committed by GitHub
parent dec420d941
commit 2f01e8c070
119 changed files with 9167 additions and 3128 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1305
include/libavcodec/avcodec.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

31
include/libavcodec/avfft.h
View File

@@ -19,6 +19,10 @@
#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "version_major.h"
#if FF_API_AVFFT
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_fft
@@ -44,26 +48,42 @@ typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext;
* Set up a complex FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the inverse
* @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT
*/
attribute_deprecated
FFTContext *av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse);
/**
* Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc().
* @deprecated without replacement
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fft_permute(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
/**
* Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The
* input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done.
* @deprecated use the av_tx_fn value returned by av_tx_init, which also does permutation
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fft_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTComplex *z);
attribute_deprecated
void av_fft_end(FFTContext *s);
/**
* @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT,
* with a flag of AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT for a replacement to av_imdct_calc.
*/
attribute_deprecated
FFTContext *av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale);
attribute_deprecated
void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
attribute_deprecated
void av_imdct_half(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
attribute_deprecated
void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext *s, FFTSample *output, const FFTSample *input);
attribute_deprecated
void av_mdct_end(FFTContext *s);
/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */
@@ -81,9 +101,14 @@ typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext;
* Set up a real FFT.
* @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array
* @param trans the type of transform
*
* @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with a type of AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT
*/
attribute_deprecated
RDFTContext *av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans);
attribute_deprecated
void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
attribute_deprecated
void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext *s);
/* Discrete Cosine Transform */
@@ -106,13 +131,19 @@ enum DCTTransformType {
* @param type the type of transform
*
* @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored
*
* @deprecated use av_tx_init from libavutil/tx.h with an appropriate type of AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT
*/
attribute_deprecated
DCTContext *av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type);
attribute_deprecated
void av_dct_calc(DCTContext *s, FFTSample *data);
attribute_deprecated
void av_dct_end (DCTContext *s);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* FF_API_AVFFT */
#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */

4
include/libavcodec/bsf.h
View File

@@ -164,6 +164,8 @@ int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter *filter, AVBSFContext **ctx);
/**
* Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been
* set.
*
* @param ctx a AVBSFContext previously allocated with av_bsf_alloc()
*/
int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
@@ -174,6 +176,7 @@ int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext *ctx);
* av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or
* AVERROR_EOF.
*
* @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
* @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of
* the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error occurs.
* If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and pkt->side_data_elems zero),
@@ -192,6 +195,7 @@ int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext *ctx, AVPacket *pkt);
/**
* Retrieve a filtered packet.
*
* @param ctx an initialized AVBSFContext
* @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered
* packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using
* av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed.

51
include/libavcodec/cabac.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* H.26L/H.264/AVC/JVT/14496-10/... encoder/decoder
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* Context Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coder.
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_CABAC_H
#define AVCODEC_CABAC_H
#include <stdint.h>
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_cabac_tables[512 + 4*2*64 + 4*64 + 63];
#define H264_NORM_SHIFT_OFFSET 0
#define H264_LPS_RANGE_OFFSET 512
#define H264_MLPS_STATE_OFFSET 1024
#define H264_LAST_COEFF_FLAG_OFFSET_8x8_OFFSET 1280
#define CABAC_BITS 16
#define CABAC_MASK ((1<<CABAC_BITS)-1)
typedef struct CABACContext{
int low;
int range;
const uint8_t *bytestream_start;
const uint8_t *bytestream;
const uint8_t *bytestream_end;
}CABACContext;
int ff_init_cabac_decoder(CABACContext *c, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
#endif /* AVCODEC_CABAC_H */

59
include/libavcodec/codec.h
View File

@@ -50,12 +50,6 @@
* avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1)
#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED
/**
* @deprecated Use parsers to always send proper frames.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3)
#endif
/**
* Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to
* give the complete and correct output.
@@ -86,6 +80,7 @@
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6)
#if FF_API_SUBFRAMES
/**
* Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket
* Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do
@@ -98,6 +93,8 @@
* as a last resort.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8)
#endif
/**
* Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental
* encoders
@@ -125,9 +122,6 @@
* multithreading-capable external libraries.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15)
#if FF_API_AUTO_THREADS
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS
#endif
/**
* Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call.
*/
@@ -143,17 +137,6 @@
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17)
#if FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS
/**
* Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000
/**
* Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000
#endif
/**
* Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to
* identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use
@@ -169,9 +152,9 @@
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19)
/**
* This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames
* and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after
* encoding.
* This encoder can reorder user opaque values from input AVFrames and return
* them with corresponding output packets.
* @see AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20)
@@ -182,6 +165,14 @@
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21)
/**
* The encoder is able to output reconstructed frame data, i.e. raw frames that
* would be produced by decoding the encoded bitstream.
*
* Reconstructed frame output is enabled by the AV_CODEC_FLAG_RECON_FRAME flag.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_RECON_FRAME (1 << 22)
/**
* AVProfile.
*/
@@ -214,19 +205,21 @@ typedef struct AVCodec {
*/
int capabilities;
uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder
const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, array is terminated by {0,0}
const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
const int *supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by 0
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by -1
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* @deprecated use ch_layouts instead
* Deprecated codec capabilities.
*/
attribute_deprecated
const uint64_t *channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if unknown. array is terminated by 0
#endif
const AVRational *supported_framerates; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
attribute_deprecated
const enum AVPixelFormat *pix_fmts; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
attribute_deprecated
const int *supported_samplerates; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
attribute_deprecated
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
const AVClass *priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context
const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
const AVProfile *profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is terminated by {AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN}
/**
* Group name of the codec implementation.
@@ -242,7 +235,9 @@ typedef struct AVCodec {
/**
* Array of supported channel layouts, terminated with a zeroed layout.
* @deprecated use avcodec_get_supported_config()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const AVChannelLayout *ch_layouts;
} AVCodec;

8
include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h
View File

@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
const char *const *mime_types;
/**
* If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec.
* Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
* Terminated with AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN.
*/
const struct AVProfile *profiles;
} AVCodecDescriptor;
@@ -90,6 +90,12 @@ typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor {
* equal.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3)
/**
* Video codec supports separate coding of fields in interlaced frames.
*/
#define AV_CODEC_PROP_FIELDS (1 << 4)
/**
* Subtitle codec is bitmap based
* Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field.

37
include/libavcodec/codec_id.h
View File

@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
#include "version_major.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
@@ -251,7 +253,6 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP,
AV_CODEC_ID_012V,
AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI,
AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216,
AV_CODEC_ID_V308,
AV_CODEC_ID_V408,
@@ -312,6 +313,15 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGXL,
AV_CODEC_ID_QOI,
AV_CODEC_ID_PHM,
AV_CODEC_ID_RADIANCE_HDR,
AV_CODEC_ID_WBMP,
AV_CODEC_ID_MEDIA100,
AV_CODEC_ID_VQC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PDV,
AV_CODEC_ID_EVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_RTV1,
AV_CODEC_ID_VMIX,
AV_CODEC_ID_LEAD,
/* various PCM "codecs" */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs
@@ -405,6 +415,7 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN,
AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XMD,
/* AMR */
AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000,
@@ -422,6 +433,8 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_WADY_DPCM,
AV_CODEC_ID_CBD2_DPCM,
/* audio codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000,
@@ -521,6 +534,16 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO,
AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN,
AV_CODEC_ID_DFPWM,
AV_CODEC_ID_BONK,
AV_CODEC_ID_MISC4,
AV_CODEC_ID_APAC,
AV_CODEC_ID_FTR,
AV_CODEC_ID_WAVARC,
AV_CODEC_ID_RKA,
AV_CODEC_ID_AC4,
AV_CODEC_ID_OSQ,
AV_CODEC_ID_QOA,
AV_CODEC_ID_LC3,
/* subtitle codecs */
AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs.
@@ -565,6 +588,8 @@ enum AVCodecID {
AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV,
AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3,
AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA,
AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_2038,
AV_CODEC_ID_LCEVC,
AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf should attempt to identify it
@@ -575,6 +600,16 @@ enum AVCodecID {
* stream (only used by libavformat) */
AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing only metadata information.
AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket
/**
* Dummy null video codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
* Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
*/
AV_CODEC_ID_VNULL,
/**
* Dummy null audio codec, useful mainly for development and debugging.
* Null encoder/decoder discard all input and never return any output.
*/
AV_CODEC_ID_ANULL,
};
/**

147
include/libavcodec/codec_internal.h
View File

@@ -21,14 +21,17 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavcodec/codec.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
#include "codec.h"
/**
* The codec does not modify any global variables in the init function,
* allowing to call the init function without locking any global mutexes.
* The codec is not known to be init-threadsafe (i.e. it might be unsafe
* to initialize this codec and another codec concurrently, typically because
* the codec calls external APIs that are not known to be thread-safe).
* Therefore calling the codec's init function needs to be guarded with a lock.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_INIT_THREADSAFE (1 << 0)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_NOT_INIT_THREADSAFE (1 << 0)
/**
* The codec allows calling the close function for deallocation even if
* the init function returned a failure. Without this capability flag, a
@@ -36,43 +39,54 @@
* init function and does not expect the close function to be called at
* all.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_INIT_CLEANUP (1 << 1)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_INIT_CLEANUP (1 << 1)
/**
* Decoders marked with FF_CODEC_CAP_SETS_PKT_DTS want to set
* AVFrame.pkt_dts manually. If the flag is set, decode.c won't overwrite
* this field. If it's unset, decode.c tries to guess the pkt_dts field
* from the input AVPacket.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SETS_PKT_DTS (1 << 2)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SETS_PKT_DTS (1 << 2)
/**
* The decoder extracts and fills its parameters even if the frame is
* skipped due to the skip_frame setting.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SKIP_FRAME_FILL_PARAM (1 << 3)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SKIP_FRAME_FILL_PARAM (1 << 3)
/**
* The decoder sets the cropping fields in the output frames manually.
* If this cap is set, the generic code will initialize output frame
* dimensions to coded rather than display values.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_EXPORTS_CROPPING (1 << 4)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_EXPORTS_CROPPING (1 << 4)
/**
* Codec initializes slice-based threading with a main function
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREAD_HAS_MF (1 << 5)
/*
* The codec supports frame threading and has inter-frame dependencies, so it
* uses ff_thread_report/await_progress().
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREAD_HAS_MF (1 << 5)
/**
* The decoder might make use of the ProgressFrame API.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_ALLOCATE_PROGRESS (1 << 6)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_USES_PROGRESSFRAMES (1 << 6)
/**
* Codec handles avctx->thread_count == 0 (auto) internally.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 7)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS (1 << 7)
/**
* Codec handles output frame properties internally instead of letting the
* internal logic derive them from AVCodecInternal.last_pkt_props.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SETS_FRAME_PROPS (1 << 8)
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_SETS_FRAME_PROPS (1 << 8)
/**
* Codec supports embedded ICC profiles (AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE).
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_ICC_PROFILES (1 << 9)
/**
* The encoder has AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY set, but does not actually have delay - it
* only wants to be flushed at the end to update some context variables (e.g.
* 2pass stats) or produce a trailing packet. Besides that it immediately
* produces exactly one output packet per each input frame, just as no-delay
* encoders do.
*/
#define FF_CODEC_CAP_EOF_FLUSH (1 << 10)
/**
* FFCodec.codec_tags termination value
@@ -118,14 +132,20 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
/**
* Internal codec capabilities FF_CODEC_CAP_*.
*/
unsigned caps_internal : 29;
unsigned caps_internal:27;
/**
* This field determines the video color ranges supported by an encoder.
* Should be set to a bitmask of AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG and AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG.
*/
unsigned color_ranges:2;
/**
* This field determines the type of the codec (decoder/encoder)
* and also the exact callback cb implemented by the codec.
* cb_type uses enum FFCodecType values.
*/
unsigned cb_type : 3;
unsigned cb_type:3;
int priv_data_size;
/**
@@ -152,14 +172,6 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
*/
const FFCodecDefault *defaults;
/**
* Initialize codec static data, called from av_codec_iterate().
*
* This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is
* run for every codec regardless of that codec being used.
*/
void (*init_static_data)(struct FFCodec *codec);
int (*init)(struct AVCodecContext *);
union {
@@ -176,7 +188,7 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
* negative error code on failure
*/
int (*decode)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, struct AVFrame *frame,
int *got_frame_ptr, struct AVPacket *avpkt);
int *got_frame_ptr, struct AVPacket *avpkt);
/**
* Decode subtitle data to an AVSubtitle.
* cb is in this state if cb_type is FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_DECODE_SUB.
@@ -184,7 +196,7 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
* Apart from that this is like the decode callback.
*/
int (*decode_sub)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, struct AVSubtitle *sub,
int *got_frame_ptr, const struct AVPacket *avpkt);
int *got_frame_ptr, const struct AVPacket *avpkt);
/**
* Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow.
* cb is in this state if cb_type is FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_FRAME.
@@ -205,13 +217,13 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
* @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
*/
int (*encode)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, struct AVPacket *avpkt,
const struct AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
const struct AVFrame *frame, int *got_packet_ptr);
/**
* Encode subtitles to a raw buffer.
* cb is in this state if cb_type is FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_ENCODE_SUB.
*/
int (*encode_sub)(struct AVCodecContext *avctx, uint8_t *buf,
int buf_size, const struct AVSubtitle *sub);
int buf_size, const struct AVSubtitle *sub);
/**
* Encode API with decoupled frame/packet dataflow.
* cb is in this state if cb_type is FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_PACKET.
@@ -249,29 +261,68 @@ typedef struct FFCodec {
* List of supported codec_tags, terminated by FF_CODEC_TAGS_END.
*/
const uint32_t *codec_tags;
/**
* Custom callback for avcodec_get_supported_config(). If absent,
* ff_default_get_supported_config() will be used. `out_num_configs` will
* always be set to a valid pointer.
*/
int (*get_supported_config)(const AVCodecContext *avctx,
const AVCodec *codec,
enum AVCodecConfig config,
unsigned flags,
const void **out_configs,
int *out_num_configs);
} FFCodec;
#define FF_CODEC_DECODE_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_DECODE, \
.cb.decode = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_DECODE_SUB_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_DECODE_SUB, \
.cb.decode_sub = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_RECEIVE_FRAME_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_FRAME, \
.cb.receive_frame = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_ENCODE_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_ENCODE, \
.cb.encode = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_ENCODE_SUB_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_ENCODE_SUB, \
.cb.encode_sub = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_RECEIVE_PACKET_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_PACKET, \
/**
* Default implementation for avcodec_get_supported_config(). Will return the
* relevant fields from AVCodec if present, or NULL otherwise.
*
* For AVCODEC_CONFIG_COLOR_RANGE, the output will depend on the bitmask in
* FFCodec.color_ranges, with a value of 0 returning NULL.
*/
int ff_default_get_supported_config(const AVCodecContext *avctx,
const AVCodec *codec,
enum AVCodecConfig config,
unsigned flags,
const void **out_configs,
int *out_num_configs);
#if HAVE_THREADS
#define UPDATE_THREAD_CONTEXT(func) \
.update_thread_context = (func)
#define UPDATE_THREAD_CONTEXT_FOR_USER(func) \
.update_thread_context_for_user = (func)
#else
#define UPDATE_THREAD_CONTEXT(func) \
.update_thread_context = NULL
#define UPDATE_THREAD_CONTEXT_FOR_USER(func) \
.update_thread_context_for_user = NULL
#endif
#define FF_CODEC_DECODE_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_DECODE, \
.cb.decode = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_DECODE_SUB_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_DECODE_SUB, \
.cb.decode_sub = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_RECEIVE_FRAME_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_FRAME, \
.cb.receive_frame = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_ENCODE_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_ENCODE, \
.cb.encode = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_ENCODE_SUB_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_ENCODE_SUB, \
.cb.encode_sub = (func)
#define FF_CODEC_RECEIVE_PACKET_CB(func) \
.cb_type = FF_CODEC_CB_TYPE_RECEIVE_PACKET, \
.cb.receive_packet = (func)
static av_always_inline const FFCodec *ffcodec(const AVCodec *codec) {
return (const FFCodec *)codec;
static av_always_inline const FFCodec *ffcodec(const AVCodec *codec)
{
return (const FFCodec*)codec;
}
#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_INTERNAL_H */

58
include/libavcodec/codec_par.h
View File

@@ -29,20 +29,14 @@
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "codec_id.h"
#include "defs.h"
#include "packet.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavc_core
* @{
*/
enum AVFieldOrder {
AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first
AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
};
/**
* This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream.
*
@@ -78,6 +72,19 @@ typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
*/
int extradata_size;
/**
* Additional data associated with the entire stream.
*
* Should be allocated with av_packet_side_data_new() or
* av_packet_side_data_add(), and will be freed by avcodec_parameters_free().
*/
AVPacketSideData *coded_side_data;
/**
* Amount of entries in @ref coded_side_data.
*/
int nb_coded_side_data;
/**
* - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat.
* - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat.
@@ -136,6 +143,18 @@ typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
*/
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
/**
* Video only. Number of frames per second, for streams with constant frame
* durations. Should be set to { 0, 1 } when some frames have differing
* durations or if the value is not known.
*
* @note This field correponds to values that are stored in codec-level
* headers and is typically overridden by container/transport-layer
* timestamps, when available. It should thus be used only as a last resort,
* when no higher-level timing information is available.
*/
AVRational framerate;
/**
* Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video.
*/
@@ -155,22 +174,10 @@ typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
*/
int video_delay;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is
* unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to
* the channels field.
* @deprecated use ch_layout
* Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio channels.
* @deprecated use ch_layout.nb_channels
*/
attribute_deprecated
int channels;
#endif
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
/**
* Audio only. The number of audio samples per second.
*/
@@ -205,11 +212,6 @@ typedef struct AVCodecParameters {
* Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity.
*/
int seek_preroll;
/**
* Audio only. The channel layout and number of channels.
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
} AVCodecParameters;
/**

3
include/libavcodec/d3d11va.h
View File

@@ -45,9 +45,6 @@
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for Direct3D11 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the Direct3D11 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.

167
include/libavcodec/defs.h
View File

@@ -39,6 +39,173 @@
*/
#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64
/**
* Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or
* decoded data, depending on the format) and print an error message on mismatch.
* If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the
* decoder/demuxer returning an error.
*/
#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1<<0)
#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1<<1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations
#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1<<2) ///< detect improper bitstream length
#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1<<3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection
#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1<<15) ///< ignore errors and continue
#define AV_EF_CAREFUL (1<<16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate and have not been seen in the wild as errors
#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT (1<<17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors
#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE (1<<18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder/muxer should not do as an error
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or reference software.
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what consequences.
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions
#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things.
#define AV_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99
#define AV_PROFILE_RESERVED -100
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38
#define AV_PROFILE_AAC_USAC 41
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHD 0
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4
#define AV_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS 20
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X 61
#define AV_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA_X_IMAX 62
#define AV_PROFILE_EAC3_DDP_ATMOS 30
#define AV_PROFILE_TRUEHD_ATMOS 30
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1<<9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1<<11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66|AV_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED)
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244|AV_PROFILE_H264_INTRA)
#define AV_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44
#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0
#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1
#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2
#define AV_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14
#define AV_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15
#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1
#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2
#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768
#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3
#define AV_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4
#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_0 0
#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_1 1
#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_2 2
#define AV_PROFILE_VP9_3 3
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_MULTIVIEW_MAIN 6
#define AV_PROFILE_HEVC_SCC 9
#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1
#define AV_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33
#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0
#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1
#define AV_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2
#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0
#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1
#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2
#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3
#define AV_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7
#define AV_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4
#define AV_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5
#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0
#define AV_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1
#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0
#define AV_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1
#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_BASELINE 0
#define AV_PROFILE_EVC_MAIN 1
#define AV_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99
enum AVFieldOrder {
AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN,
AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE,
AV_FIELD_TT, ///< Top coded_first, top displayed first
AV_FIELD_BB, ///< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_TB, ///< Top coded first, bottom displayed first
AV_FIELD_BT, ///< Bottom coded first, top displayed first
};
/**
* @ingroup lavc_decoding
*/

6
include/libavcodec/dirac.h
View File

@@ -31,7 +31,11 @@
* @author Jordi Ortiz
*/
#include "avcodec.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
/**
* The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both

3
include/libavcodec/dxva2.h
View File

@@ -45,9 +45,6 @@
* @{
*/
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_SCALING_LIST_ZIGZAG 1 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old UVD/UVD+ ATI video cards
#define FF_DXVA2_WORKAROUND_INTEL_CLEARVIDEO 2 ///< Work around for DXVA2 and old Intel GPUs with ClearVideo interface
/**
* This structure is used to provides the necessary configurations and data
* to the DXVA2 FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.

106
include/libavcodec/error_resilience.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_ERROR_RESILIENCE_H
#define AVCODEC_ERROR_RESILIENCE_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdatomic.h>
#include "avcodec.h"
#include "me_cmp.h"
///< current MB is the first after a resync marker
#define VP_START 1
#define ER_AC_ERROR 2
#define ER_DC_ERROR 4
#define ER_MV_ERROR 8
#define ER_AC_END 16
#define ER_DC_END 32
#define ER_MV_END 64
#define ER_MB_ERROR (ER_AC_ERROR|ER_DC_ERROR|ER_MV_ERROR)
#define ER_MB_END (ER_AC_END|ER_DC_END|ER_MV_END)
typedef struct ERPicture {
AVFrame *f;
const struct ThreadFrame *tf;
// it is the caller's responsibility to allocate these buffers
int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
int8_t *ref_index[2];
uint32_t *mb_type;
int field_picture;
} ERPicture;
typedef struct ERContext {
AVCodecContext *avctx;
me_cmp_func sad;
int mecc_inited;
int *mb_index2xy;
int mb_num;
int mb_width, mb_height;
ptrdiff_t mb_stride;
ptrdiff_t b8_stride;
atomic_int error_count;
int error_occurred;
uint8_t *error_status_table;
uint8_t *er_temp_buffer;
int16_t *dc_val[3];
uint8_t *mbskip_table;
uint8_t *mbintra_table;
int mv[2][4][2];
ERPicture cur_pic;
ERPicture last_pic;
ERPicture next_pic;
int8_t *ref_index[2];
int16_t (*motion_val_base[2])[2];
uint16_t pp_time;
uint16_t pb_time;
int quarter_sample;
int partitioned_frame;
void (*decode_mb)(void *opaque, int ref, int mv_dir, int mv_type,
int (*mv)[2][4][2],
int mb_x, int mb_y, int mb_intra, int mb_skipped);
void *opaque;
} ERContext;
void ff_er_frame_start(ERContext *s);
/**
* Indicate that a frame has finished decoding and perform error concealment
* in case it has been enabled and is necessary and supported.
*
* @param s ERContext in use
* @param decode_error_flags pointer where updated decode_error_flags are written
* if supplied; if not, the new flags are directly
* applied to the AVFrame whose errors are concealed
*/
void ff_er_frame_end(ERContext *s, int *decode_error_flags);
void ff_er_add_slice(ERContext *s, int startx, int starty, int endx, int endy,
int status);
#endif /* AVCODEC_ERROR_RESILIENCE_H */

113
include/libavcodec/h264.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 common definitions
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_H
#define QP_MAX_NUM (51 + 6*6) // The maximum supported qp
/*
* Table 7-1 – NAL unit type codes, syntax element categories, and NAL unit type classes in
* T-REC-H.264-201704
*/
enum {
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
H264_NAL_SLICE = 1,
H264_NAL_DPA = 2,
H264_NAL_DPB = 3,
H264_NAL_DPC = 4,
H264_NAL_IDR_SLICE = 5,
H264_NAL_SEI = 6,
H264_NAL_SPS = 7,
H264_NAL_PPS = 8,
H264_NAL_AUD = 9,
H264_NAL_END_SEQUENCE = 10,
H264_NAL_END_STREAM = 11,
H264_NAL_FILLER_DATA = 12,
H264_NAL_SPS_EXT = 13,
H264_NAL_PREFIX = 14,
H264_NAL_SUB_SPS = 15,
H264_NAL_DPS = 16,
H264_NAL_RESERVED17 = 17,
H264_NAL_RESERVED18 = 18,
H264_NAL_AUXILIARY_SLICE = 19,
H264_NAL_EXTEN_SLICE = 20,
H264_NAL_DEPTH_EXTEN_SLICE = 21,
H264_NAL_RESERVED22 = 22,
H264_NAL_RESERVED23 = 23,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED24 = 24,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED25 = 25,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED26 = 26,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED27 = 27,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED28 = 28,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED29 = 29,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED30 = 30,
H264_NAL_UNSPECIFIED31 = 31,
};
enum {
// 7.4.2.1.1: seq_parameter_set_id is in [0, 31].
H264_MAX_SPS_COUNT = 32,
// 7.4.2.2: pic_parameter_set_id is in [0, 255].
H264_MAX_PPS_COUNT = 256,
// A.3: MaxDpbFrames is bounded above by 16.
H264_MAX_DPB_FRAMES = 16,
// 7.4.2.1.1: max_num_ref_frames is in [0, MaxDpbFrames], and
// each reference frame can have two fields.
H264_MAX_REFS = 2 * H264_MAX_DPB_FRAMES,
// 7.4.3.1: modification_of_pic_nums_idc is not equal to 3 at most
// num_ref_idx_lN_active_minus1 + 1 times (that is, once for each
// possible reference), then equal to 3 once.
H264_MAX_RPLM_COUNT = H264_MAX_REFS + 1,
// 7.4.3.3: in the worst case, we begin with a full short-term
// reference picture list. Each picture in turn is moved to the
// long-term list (type 3) and then discarded from there (type 2).
// Then, we set the length of the long-term list (type 4), mark
// the current picture as long-term (type 6) and terminate the
// process (type 0).
H264_MAX_MMCO_COUNT = H264_MAX_REFS * 2 + 3,
// A.2.1, A.2.3: profiles supporting FMO constrain
// num_slice_groups_minus1 to be in [0, 7].
H264_MAX_SLICE_GROUPS = 8,
// E.2.2: cpb_cnt_minus1 is in [0, 31].
H264_MAX_CPB_CNT = 32,
// A.3: in table A-1 the highest level allows a MaxFS of 139264.
H264_MAX_MB_PIC_SIZE = 139264,
// A.3.1, A.3.2: PicWidthInMbs and PicHeightInMbs are constrained
// to be not greater than sqrt(MaxFS * 8). Hence height/width are
// bounded above by sqrt(139264 * 8) = 1055.5 macroblocks.
H264_MAX_MB_WIDTH = 1055,
H264_MAX_MB_HEIGHT = 1055,
H264_MAX_WIDTH = H264_MAX_MB_WIDTH * 16,
H264_MAX_HEIGHT = H264_MAX_MB_HEIGHT * 16,
};
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_H */

51
include/libavcodec/h264_levels.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_LEVELS_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_LEVELS_H
#include <stdint.h>
typedef struct H264LevelDescriptor {
char name[4]; // Large enough for all current levels like "4.1"
uint8_t level_idc;
uint8_t constraint_set3_flag;
uint32_t max_mbps;
uint32_t max_fs;
uint32_t max_dpb_mbs;
uint32_t max_br;
uint32_t max_cpb;
uint16_t max_v_mv_r;
uint8_t min_cr;
uint8_t max_mvs_per_2mb;
} H264LevelDescriptor;
/**
* Guess the level of a stream from some parameters.
*
* Unknown parameters may be zero, in which case they are ignored.
*/
const H264LevelDescriptor *ff_h264_guess_level(int profile_idc,
int64_t bitrate,
int framerate,
int width, int height,
int max_dec_frame_buffering);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_LEVELS_H */

967
include/libavcodec/h264_mvpred.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
/*
* H.26L/H.264/AVC/JVT/14496-10/... motion vector prediction
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 / AVC / MPEG-4 part10 motion vector prediction.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_MVPRED_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_MVPRED_H
#include "h264dec.h"
#include "mpegutils.h"
#include "rectangle.h"
#include "libavutil/avassert.h"
#include "libavutil/mem_internal.h"
/**
* Get the predicted intra4x4 prediction mode.
*/
static av_always_inline int pred_intra_mode(const H264Context *h,
H264SliceContext *sl, int n)
{
const int index8 = scan8[n];
const int left = sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[index8 - 1];
const int top = sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[index8 - 8];
const int min = FFMIN(left, top);
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "mode:%d %d min:%d\n", left, top, min);
if (min < 0)
return DC_PRED;
else
return min;
}
static av_always_inline void write_back_intra_pred_mode(const H264Context *h,
H264SliceContext *sl)
{
int8_t *i4x4 = sl->intra4x4_pred_mode + h->mb2br_xy[sl->mb_xy];
int8_t *i4x4_cache = sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache;
AV_COPY32(i4x4, i4x4_cache + 4 + 8 * 4);
i4x4[4] = i4x4_cache[7 + 8 * 3];
i4x4[5] = i4x4_cache[7 + 8 * 2];
i4x4[6] = i4x4_cache[7 + 8 * 1];
}
static av_always_inline void write_back_non_zero_count(const H264Context *h,
H264SliceContext *sl)
{
const int mb_xy = sl->mb_xy;
uint8_t *nnz = h->non_zero_count[mb_xy];
uint8_t *nnz_cache = sl->non_zero_count_cache;
AV_COPY32(&nnz[ 0], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 1]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[ 4], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 2]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[ 8], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 3]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[12], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 4]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[16], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 6]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[20], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 7]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[32], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 11]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[36], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 12]);
if (!h->chroma_y_shift) {
AV_COPY32(&nnz[24], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 8]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[28], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 9]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[40], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 13]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz[44], &nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 14]);
}
}
static av_always_inline void write_back_motion_list(const H264Context *h,
H264SliceContext *sl,
int b_stride,
int b_xy, int b8_xy,
int mb_type, int list)
{
int16_t(*mv_dst)[2] = &h->cur_pic.motion_val[list][b_xy];
int16_t(*mv_src)[2] = &sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0]];
AV_COPY128(mv_dst + 0 * b_stride, mv_src + 8 * 0);
AV_COPY128(mv_dst + 1 * b_stride, mv_src + 8 * 1);
AV_COPY128(mv_dst + 2 * b_stride, mv_src + 8 * 2);
AV_COPY128(mv_dst + 3 * b_stride, mv_src + 8 * 3);
if (CABAC(h)) {
uint8_t (*mvd_dst)[2] = &sl->mvd_table[list][FMO ? 8 * sl->mb_xy
: h->mb2br_xy[sl->mb_xy]];
uint8_t(*mvd_src)[2] = &sl->mvd_cache[list][scan8[0]];
if (IS_SKIP(mb_type)) {
AV_ZERO128(mvd_dst);
} else {
AV_COPY64(mvd_dst, mvd_src + 8 * 3);
AV_COPY16(mvd_dst + 3 + 3, mvd_src + 3 + 8 * 0);
AV_COPY16(mvd_dst + 3 + 2, mvd_src + 3 + 8 * 1);
AV_COPY16(mvd_dst + 3 + 1, mvd_src + 3 + 8 * 2);
}
}
{
int8_t *ref_index = &h->cur_pic.ref_index[list][b8_xy];
int8_t *ref_cache = sl->ref_cache[list];
ref_index[0 + 0 * 2] = ref_cache[scan8[0]];
ref_index[1 + 0 * 2] = ref_cache[scan8[4]];
ref_index[0 + 1 * 2] = ref_cache[scan8[8]];
ref_index[1 + 1 * 2] = ref_cache[scan8[12]];
}
}
static av_always_inline void write_back_motion(const H264Context *h,
H264SliceContext *sl,
int mb_type)
{
const int b_stride = h->b_stride;
const int b_xy = 4 * sl->mb_x + 4 * sl->mb_y * h->b_stride; // try mb2b(8)_xy
const int b8_xy = 4 * sl->mb_xy;
if (USES_LIST(mb_type, 0)) {
write_back_motion_list(h, sl, b_stride, b_xy, b8_xy, mb_type, 0);
} else {
fill_rectangle(&h->cur_pic.ref_index[0][b8_xy],
2, 2, 2, (uint8_t)LIST_NOT_USED, 1);
}
if (USES_LIST(mb_type, 1))
write_back_motion_list(h, sl, b_stride, b_xy, b8_xy, mb_type, 1);
if (sl->slice_type_nos == AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B && CABAC(h)) {
if (IS_8X8(mb_type)) {
uint8_t *direct_table = &h->direct_table[4 * sl->mb_xy];
direct_table[1] = sl->sub_mb_type[1] >> 1;
direct_table[2] = sl->sub_mb_type[2] >> 1;
direct_table[3] = sl->sub_mb_type[3] >> 1;
}
}
}
static av_always_inline int get_dct8x8_allowed(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl)
{
if (h->ps.sps->direct_8x8_inference_flag)
return !(AV_RN64A(sl->sub_mb_type) &
((MB_TYPE_16x8 | MB_TYPE_8x16 | MB_TYPE_8x8) *
0x0001000100010001ULL));
else
return !(AV_RN64A(sl->sub_mb_type) &
((MB_TYPE_16x8 | MB_TYPE_8x16 | MB_TYPE_8x8 | MB_TYPE_DIRECT2) *
0x0001000100010001ULL));
}
static av_always_inline int fetch_diagonal_mv(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl,
const int16_t **C,
int i, int list, int part_width)
{
const int topright_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][i - 8 + part_width];
/* there is no consistent mapping of mvs to neighboring locations that will
* make mbaff happy, so we can't move all this logic to fill_caches */
if (FRAME_MBAFF(h)) {
#define SET_DIAG_MV(MV_OP, REF_OP, XY, Y4) \
const int xy = XY, y4 = Y4; \
const int mb_type = mb_types[xy + (y4 >> 2) * h->mb_stride]; \
if (!USES_LIST(mb_type, list)) \
return LIST_NOT_USED; \
mv = h->cur_pic_ptr->motion_val[list][h->mb2b_xy[xy] + 3 + y4 * h->b_stride]; \
sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 2][0] = mv[0]; \
sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 2][1] = mv[1] MV_OP; \
return h->cur_pic_ptr->ref_index[list][4 * xy + 1 + (y4 & ~1)] REF_OP;
if (topright_ref == PART_NOT_AVAILABLE
&& i >= scan8[0] + 8 && (i & 7) == 4
&& sl->ref_cache[list][scan8[0] - 1] != PART_NOT_AVAILABLE) {
const uint32_t *mb_types = h->cur_pic_ptr->mb_type;
const int16_t *mv;
AV_ZERO32(sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 2]);
*C = sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 2];
if (!MB_FIELD(sl) && IS_INTERLACED(sl->left_type[0])) {
SET_DIAG_MV(* 2, >> 1, sl->left_mb_xy[0] + h->mb_stride,
(sl->mb_y & 1) * 2 + (i >> 5));
}
if (MB_FIELD(sl) && !IS_INTERLACED(sl->left_type[0])) {
// left shift will turn LIST_NOT_USED into PART_NOT_AVAILABLE, but that's OK.
SET_DIAG_MV(/ 2, *2, sl->left_mb_xy[i >= 36], ((i >> 2)) & 3);
}
}
#undef SET_DIAG_MV
}
if (topright_ref != PART_NOT_AVAILABLE) {
*C = sl->mv_cache[list][i - 8 + part_width];
return topright_ref;
} else {
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "topright MV not available\n");
*C = sl->mv_cache[list][i - 8 - 1];
return sl->ref_cache[list][i - 8 - 1];
}
}
/**
* Get the predicted MV.
* @param n the block index
* @param part_width the width of the partition (4, 8,16) -> (1, 2, 4)
* @param mx the x component of the predicted motion vector
* @param my the y component of the predicted motion vector
*/
static av_always_inline void pred_motion(const H264Context *const h,
H264SliceContext *sl,
int n,
int part_width, int list, int ref,
int *const mx, int *const my)
{
const int index8 = scan8[n];
const int top_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][index8 - 8];
const int left_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][index8 - 1];
const int16_t *const A = sl->mv_cache[list][index8 - 1];
const int16_t *const B = sl->mv_cache[list][index8 - 8];
const int16_t *C;
int diagonal_ref, match_count;
av_assert2(part_width == 1 || part_width == 2 || part_width == 4);
/* mv_cache
* B . . A T T T T
* U . . L . . , .
* U . . L . . . .
* U . . L . . , .
* . . . L . . . .
*/
diagonal_ref = fetch_diagonal_mv(h, sl, &C, index8, list, part_width);
match_count = (diagonal_ref == ref) + (top_ref == ref) + (left_ref == ref);
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_motion match_count=%d\n", match_count);
if (match_count > 1) { //most common
*mx = mid_pred(A[0], B[0], C[0]);
*my = mid_pred(A[1], B[1], C[1]);
} else if (match_count == 1) {
if (left_ref == ref) {
*mx = A[0];
*my = A[1];
} else if (top_ref == ref) {
*mx = B[0];
*my = B[1];
} else {
*mx = C[0];
*my = C[1];
}
} else {
if (top_ref == PART_NOT_AVAILABLE &&
diagonal_ref == PART_NOT_AVAILABLE &&
left_ref != PART_NOT_AVAILABLE) {
*mx = A[0];
*my = A[1];
} else {
*mx = mid_pred(A[0], B[0], C[0]);
*my = mid_pred(A[1], B[1], C[1]);
}
}
ff_tlog(h->avctx,
"pred_motion (%2d %2d %2d) (%2d %2d %2d) (%2d %2d %2d) -> (%2d %2d %2d) at %2d %2d %d list %d\n",
top_ref, B[0], B[1], diagonal_ref, C[0], C[1], left_ref,
A[0], A[1], ref, *mx, *my, sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y, n, list);
}
/**
* Get the directionally predicted 16x8 MV.
* @param n the block index
* @param mx the x component of the predicted motion vector
* @param my the y component of the predicted motion vector
*/
static av_always_inline void pred_16x8_motion(const H264Context *const h,
H264SliceContext *sl,
int n, int list, int ref,
int *const mx, int *const my)
{
if (n == 0) {
const int top_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][scan8[0] - 8];
const int16_t *const B = sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 8];
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_16x8: (%2d %2d %2d) at %2d %2d %d list %d\n",
top_ref, B[0], B[1], sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y, n, list);
if (top_ref == ref) {
*mx = B[0];
*my = B[1];
return;
}
} else {
const int left_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][scan8[8] - 1];
const int16_t *const A = sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[8] - 1];
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_16x8: (%2d %2d %2d) at %2d %2d %d list %d\n",
left_ref, A[0], A[1], sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y, n, list);
if (left_ref == ref) {
*mx = A[0];
*my = A[1];
return;
}
}
//RARE
pred_motion(h, sl, n, 4, list, ref, mx, my);
}
/**
* Get the directionally predicted 8x16 MV.
* @param n the block index
* @param mx the x component of the predicted motion vector
* @param my the y component of the predicted motion vector
*/
static av_always_inline void pred_8x16_motion(const H264Context *const h,
H264SliceContext *sl,
int n, int list, int ref,
int *const mx, int *const my)
{
if (n == 0) {
const int left_ref = sl->ref_cache[list][scan8[0] - 1];
const int16_t *const A = sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0] - 1];
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_8x16: (%2d %2d %2d) at %2d %2d %d list %d\n",
left_ref, A[0], A[1], sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y, n, list);
if (left_ref == ref) {
*mx = A[0];
*my = A[1];
return;
}
} else {
const int16_t *C;
int diagonal_ref;
diagonal_ref = fetch_diagonal_mv(h, sl, &C, scan8[4], list, 2);
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_8x16: (%2d %2d %2d) at %2d %2d %d list %d\n",
diagonal_ref, C[0], C[1], sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y, n, list);
if (diagonal_ref == ref) {
*mx = C[0];
*my = C[1];
return;
}
}
//RARE
pred_motion(h, sl, n, 2, list, ref, mx, my);
}
#define FIX_MV_MBAFF(type, refn, mvn, idx) \
if (FRAME_MBAFF(h)) { \
if (MB_FIELD(sl)) { \
if (!IS_INTERLACED(type)) { \
refn <<= 1; \
AV_COPY32(mvbuf[idx], mvn); \
mvbuf[idx][1] /= 2; \
mvn = mvbuf[idx]; \
} \
} else { \
if (IS_INTERLACED(type)) { \
refn >>= 1; \
AV_COPY32(mvbuf[idx], mvn); \
mvbuf[idx][1] *= 2; \
mvn = mvbuf[idx]; \
} \
} \
}
static av_always_inline void pred_pskip_motion(const H264Context *const h,
H264SliceContext *sl)
{
DECLARE_ALIGNED(4, static const int16_t, zeromv)[2] = { 0 };
DECLARE_ALIGNED(4, int16_t, mvbuf)[3][2];
int8_t *ref = h->cur_pic.ref_index[0];
int16_t(*mv)[2] = h->cur_pic.motion_val[0];
int top_ref, left_ref, diagonal_ref, match_count, mx, my;
const int16_t *A, *B, *C;
int b_stride = h->b_stride;
fill_rectangle(&sl->ref_cache[0][scan8[0]], 4, 4, 8, 0, 1);
/* To avoid doing an entire fill_decode_caches, we inline the relevant
* parts here.
* FIXME: this is a partial duplicate of the logic in fill_decode_caches,
* but it's faster this way. Is there a way to avoid this duplication?
*/
if (USES_LIST(sl->left_type[LTOP], 0)) {
left_ref = ref[4 * sl->left_mb_xy[LTOP] + 1 + (sl->left_block[0] & ~1)];
A = mv[h->mb2b_xy[sl->left_mb_xy[LTOP]] + 3 + b_stride * sl->left_block[0]];
FIX_MV_MBAFF(sl->left_type[LTOP], left_ref, A, 0);
if (!(left_ref | AV_RN32A(A)))
goto zeromv;
} else if (sl->left_type[LTOP]) {
left_ref = LIST_NOT_USED;
A = zeromv;
} else {
goto zeromv;
}
if (USES_LIST(sl->top_type, 0)) {
top_ref = ref[4 * sl->top_mb_xy + 2];
B = mv[h->mb2b_xy[sl->top_mb_xy] + 3 * b_stride];
FIX_MV_MBAFF(sl->top_type, top_ref, B, 1);
if (!(top_ref | AV_RN32A(B)))
goto zeromv;
} else if (sl->top_type) {
top_ref = LIST_NOT_USED;
B = zeromv;
} else {
goto zeromv;
}
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_pskip: (%d) (%d) at %2d %2d\n",
top_ref, left_ref, sl->mb_x, sl->mb_y);
if (USES_LIST(sl->topright_type, 0)) {
diagonal_ref = ref[4 * sl->topright_mb_xy + 2];
C = mv[h->mb2b_xy[sl->topright_mb_xy] + 3 * b_stride];
FIX_MV_MBAFF(sl->topright_type, diagonal_ref, C, 2);
} else if (sl->topright_type) {
diagonal_ref = LIST_NOT_USED;
C = zeromv;
} else {
if (USES_LIST(sl->topleft_type, 0)) {
diagonal_ref = ref[4 * sl->topleft_mb_xy + 1 +
(sl->topleft_partition & 2)];
C = mv[h->mb2b_xy[sl->topleft_mb_xy] + 3 + b_stride +
(sl->topleft_partition & 2 * b_stride)];
FIX_MV_MBAFF(sl->topleft_type, diagonal_ref, C, 2);
} else if (sl->topleft_type) {
diagonal_ref = LIST_NOT_USED;
C = zeromv;
} else {
diagonal_ref = PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
C = zeromv;
}
}
match_count = !diagonal_ref + !top_ref + !left_ref;
ff_tlog(h->avctx, "pred_pskip_motion match_count=%d\n", match_count);
if (match_count > 1) {
mx = mid_pred(A[0], B[0], C[0]);
my = mid_pred(A[1], B[1], C[1]);
} else if (match_count == 1) {
if (!left_ref) {
mx = A[0];
my = A[1];
} else if (!top_ref) {
mx = B[0];
my = B[1];
} else {
mx = C[0];
my = C[1];
}
} else {
mx = mid_pred(A[0], B[0], C[0]);
my = mid_pred(A[1], B[1], C[1]);
}
fill_rectangle(sl->mv_cache[0][scan8[0]], 4, 4, 8, pack16to32(mx, my), 4);
return;
zeromv:
fill_rectangle(sl->mv_cache[0][scan8[0]], 4, 4, 8, 0, 4);
return;
}
static void fill_decode_neighbors(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int mb_type)
{
const int mb_xy = sl->mb_xy;
int topleft_xy, top_xy, topright_xy, left_xy[LEFT_MBS];
static const uint8_t left_block_options[4][32] = {
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 8, 11, 3 + 0 * 4, 3 + 1 * 4, 3 + 2 * 4, 3 + 3 * 4, 1 + 4 * 4, 1 + 8 * 4, 1 + 5 * 4, 1 + 9 * 4 },
{ 2, 2, 3, 3, 8, 11, 8, 11, 3 + 2 * 4, 3 + 2 * 4, 3 + 3 * 4, 3 + 3 * 4, 1 + 5 * 4, 1 + 9 * 4, 1 + 5 * 4, 1 + 9 * 4 },
{ 0, 0, 1, 1, 7, 10, 7, 10, 3 + 0 * 4, 3 + 0 * 4, 3 + 1 * 4, 3 + 1 * 4, 1 + 4 * 4, 1 + 8 * 4, 1 + 4 * 4, 1 + 8 * 4 },
{ 0, 2, 0, 2, 7, 10, 7, 10, 3 + 0 * 4, 3 + 2 * 4, 3 + 0 * 4, 3 + 2 * 4, 1 + 4 * 4, 1 + 8 * 4, 1 + 4 * 4, 1 + 8 * 4 }
};
sl->topleft_partition = -1;
top_xy = mb_xy - (h->mb_stride << MB_FIELD(sl));
/* Wow, what a mess, why didn't they simplify the interlacing & intra
* stuff, I can't imagine that these complex rules are worth it. */
topleft_xy = top_xy - 1;
topright_xy = top_xy + 1;
left_xy[LBOT] = left_xy[LTOP] = mb_xy - 1;
sl->left_block = left_block_options[0];
if (FRAME_MBAFF(h)) {
const int left_mb_field_flag = IS_INTERLACED(h->cur_pic.mb_type[mb_xy - 1]);
const int curr_mb_field_flag = IS_INTERLACED(mb_type);
if (sl->mb_y & 1) {
if (left_mb_field_flag != curr_mb_field_flag) {
left_xy[LBOT] = left_xy[LTOP] = mb_xy - h->mb_stride - 1;
if (curr_mb_field_flag) {
left_xy[LBOT] += h->mb_stride;
sl->left_block = left_block_options[3];
} else {
topleft_xy += h->mb_stride;
/* take top left mv from the middle of the mb, as opposed
* to all other modes which use the bottom right partition */
sl->topleft_partition = 0;
sl->left_block = left_block_options[1];
}
}
} else {
if (curr_mb_field_flag) {
topleft_xy += h->mb_stride & (((h->cur_pic.mb_type[top_xy - 1] >> 7) & 1) - 1);
topright_xy += h->mb_stride & (((h->cur_pic.mb_type[top_xy + 1] >> 7) & 1) - 1);
top_xy += h->mb_stride & (((h->cur_pic.mb_type[top_xy] >> 7) & 1) - 1);
}
if (left_mb_field_flag != curr_mb_field_flag) {
if (curr_mb_field_flag) {
left_xy[LBOT] += h->mb_stride;
sl->left_block = left_block_options[3];
} else {
sl->left_block = left_block_options[2];
}
}
}
}
sl->topleft_mb_xy = topleft_xy;
sl->top_mb_xy = top_xy;
sl->topright_mb_xy = topright_xy;
sl->left_mb_xy[LTOP] = left_xy[LTOP];
sl->left_mb_xy[LBOT] = left_xy[LBOT];
//FIXME do we need all in the context?
sl->topleft_type = h->cur_pic.mb_type[topleft_xy];
sl->top_type = h->cur_pic.mb_type[top_xy];
sl->topright_type = h->cur_pic.mb_type[topright_xy];
sl->left_type[LTOP] = h->cur_pic.mb_type[left_xy[LTOP]];
sl->left_type[LBOT] = h->cur_pic.mb_type[left_xy[LBOT]];
if (FMO) {
if (h->slice_table[topleft_xy] != sl->slice_num)
sl->topleft_type = 0;
if (h->slice_table[top_xy] != sl->slice_num)
sl->top_type = 0;
if (h->slice_table[left_xy[LTOP]] != sl->slice_num)
sl->left_type[LTOP] = sl->left_type[LBOT] = 0;
} else {
if (h->slice_table[topleft_xy] != sl->slice_num) {
sl->topleft_type = 0;
if (h->slice_table[top_xy] != sl->slice_num)
sl->top_type = 0;
if (h->slice_table[left_xy[LTOP]] != sl->slice_num)
sl->left_type[LTOP] = sl->left_type[LBOT] = 0;
}
}
if (h->slice_table[topright_xy] != sl->slice_num)
sl->topright_type = 0;
}
static void fill_decode_caches(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int mb_type)
{
int topleft_xy, top_xy, topright_xy, left_xy[LEFT_MBS];
int topleft_type, top_type, topright_type, left_type[LEFT_MBS];
const uint8_t *left_block = sl->left_block;
int i;
uint8_t *nnz;
uint8_t *nnz_cache;
topleft_xy = sl->topleft_mb_xy;
top_xy = sl->top_mb_xy;
topright_xy = sl->topright_mb_xy;
left_xy[LTOP] = sl->left_mb_xy[LTOP];
left_xy[LBOT] = sl->left_mb_xy[LBOT];
topleft_type = sl->topleft_type;
top_type = sl->top_type;
topright_type = sl->topright_type;
left_type[LTOP] = sl->left_type[LTOP];
left_type[LBOT] = sl->left_type[LBOT];
if (!IS_SKIP(mb_type)) {
if (IS_INTRA(mb_type)) {
int type_mask = h->ps.pps->constrained_intra_pred ? IS_INTRA(-1) : -1;
sl->topleft_samples_available =
sl->top_samples_available =
sl->left_samples_available = 0xFFFF;
sl->topright_samples_available = 0xEEEA;
if (!(top_type & type_mask)) {
sl->topleft_samples_available = 0xB3FF;
sl->top_samples_available = 0x33FF;
sl->topright_samples_available = 0x26EA;
}
if (IS_INTERLACED(mb_type) != IS_INTERLACED(left_type[LTOP])) {
if (IS_INTERLACED(mb_type)) {
if (!(left_type[LTOP] & type_mask)) {
sl->topleft_samples_available &= 0xDFFF;
sl->left_samples_available &= 0x5FFF;
}
if (!(left_type[LBOT] & type_mask)) {
sl->topleft_samples_available &= 0xFF5F;
sl->left_samples_available &= 0xFF5F;
}
} else {
int left_typei = h->cur_pic.mb_type[left_xy[LTOP] + h->mb_stride];
av_assert2(left_xy[LTOP] == left_xy[LBOT]);
if (!((left_typei & type_mask) && (left_type[LTOP] & type_mask))) {
sl->topleft_samples_available &= 0xDF5F;
sl->left_samples_available &= 0x5F5F;
}
}
} else {
if (!(left_type[LTOP] & type_mask)) {
sl->topleft_samples_available &= 0xDF5F;
sl->left_samples_available &= 0x5F5F;
}
}
if (!(topleft_type & type_mask))
sl->topleft_samples_available &= 0x7FFF;
if (!(topright_type & type_mask))
sl->topright_samples_available &= 0xFBFF;
if (IS_INTRA4x4(mb_type)) {
if (IS_INTRA4x4(top_type)) {
AV_COPY32(sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache + 4 + 8 * 0, sl->intra4x4_pred_mode + h->mb2br_xy[top_xy]);
} else {
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[4 + 8 * 0] =
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[5 + 8 * 0] =
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[6 + 8 * 0] =
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[7 + 8 * 0] = 2 - 3 * !(top_type & type_mask);
}
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
if (IS_INTRA4x4(left_type[LEFT(i)])) {
int8_t *mode = sl->intra4x4_pred_mode + h->mb2br_xy[left_xy[LEFT(i)]];
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[3 + 8 * 1 + 2 * 8 * i] = mode[6 - left_block[0 + 2 * i]];
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[3 + 8 * 2 + 2 * 8 * i] = mode[6 - left_block[1 + 2 * i]];
} else {
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[3 + 8 * 1 + 2 * 8 * i] =
sl->intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[3 + 8 * 2 + 2 * 8 * i] = 2 - 3 * !(left_type[LEFT(i)] & type_mask);
}
}
}
}
/*
* 0 . T T. T T T T
* 1 L . .L . . . .
* 2 L . .L . . . .
* 3 . T TL . . . .
* 4 L . .L . . . .
* 5 L . .. . . . .
*/
/* FIXME: constraint_intra_pred & partitioning & nnz
* (let us hope this is just a typo in the spec) */
nnz_cache = sl->non_zero_count_cache;
if (top_type) {
nnz = h->non_zero_count[top_xy];
AV_COPY32(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 0], &nnz[4 * 3]);
if (!h->chroma_y_shift) {
AV_COPY32(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 5], &nnz[4 * 7]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 10], &nnz[4 * 11]);
} else {
AV_COPY32(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 5], &nnz[4 * 5]);
AV_COPY32(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 10], &nnz[4 * 9]);
}
} else {
uint32_t top_empty = CABAC(h) && !IS_INTRA(mb_type) ? 0 : 0x40404040;
AV_WN32A(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 0], top_empty);
AV_WN32A(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 5], top_empty);
AV_WN32A(&nnz_cache[4 + 8 * 10], top_empty);
}
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
if (left_type[LEFT(i)]) {
nnz = h->non_zero_count[left_xy[LEFT(i)]];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 1 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 0 + 2 * i]];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 2 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 1 + 2 * i]];
if (CHROMA444(h)) {
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 6 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 0 + 2 * i] + 4 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 7 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 1 + 2 * i] + 4 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 11 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 0 + 2 * i] + 8 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 12 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 1 + 2 * i] + 8 * 4];
} else if (CHROMA422(h)) {
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 6 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 0 + 2 * i] - 2 + 4 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 7 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 1 + 2 * i] - 2 + 4 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 11 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 0 + 2 * i] - 2 + 8 * 4];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 12 + 2 * 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 1 + 2 * i] - 2 + 8 * 4];
} else {
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 6 + 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 4 + 2 * i]];
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 11 + 8 * i] = nnz[left_block[8 + 5 + 2 * i]];
}
} else {
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 1 + 2 * 8 * i] =
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 2 + 2 * 8 * i] =
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 6 + 2 * 8 * i] =
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 7 + 2 * 8 * i] =
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 11 + 2 * 8 * i] =
nnz_cache[3 + 8 * 12 + 2 * 8 * i] = CABAC(h) && !IS_INTRA(mb_type) ? 0 : 64;
}
}
if (CABAC(h)) {
// top_cbp
if (top_type)
sl->top_cbp = h->cbp_table[top_xy];
else
sl->top_cbp = IS_INTRA(mb_type) ? 0x7CF : 0x00F;
// left_cbp
if (left_type[LTOP]) {
sl->left_cbp = (h->cbp_table[left_xy[LTOP]] & 0x7F0) |
((h->cbp_table[left_xy[LTOP]] >> (left_block[0] & (~1))) & 2) |
(((h->cbp_table[left_xy[LBOT]] >> (left_block[2] & (~1))) & 2) << 2);
} else {
sl->left_cbp = IS_INTRA(mb_type) ? 0x7CF : 0x00F;
}
}
}
if (IS_INTER(mb_type) || (IS_DIRECT(mb_type) && sl->direct_spatial_mv_pred)) {
int list;
int b_stride = h->b_stride;
for (list = 0; list < sl->list_count; list++) {
int8_t *ref_cache = &sl->ref_cache[list][scan8[0]];
int8_t *ref = h->cur_pic.ref_index[list];
int16_t(*mv_cache)[2] = &sl->mv_cache[list][scan8[0]];
int16_t(*mv)[2] = h->cur_pic.motion_val[list];
if (!USES_LIST(mb_type, list))
continue;
av_assert2(!(IS_DIRECT(mb_type) && !sl->direct_spatial_mv_pred));
if (USES_LIST(top_type, list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2b_xy[top_xy] + 3 * b_stride;
AV_COPY128(mv_cache[0 - 1 * 8], mv[b_xy + 0]);
ref_cache[0 - 1 * 8] =
ref_cache[1 - 1 * 8] = ref[4 * top_xy + 2];
ref_cache[2 - 1 * 8] =
ref_cache[3 - 1 * 8] = ref[4 * top_xy + 3];
} else {
AV_ZERO128(mv_cache[0 - 1 * 8]);
AV_WN32A(&ref_cache[0 - 1 * 8],
((top_type ? LIST_NOT_USED : PART_NOT_AVAILABLE) & 0xFF) * 0x01010101u);
}
if (mb_type & (MB_TYPE_16x8 | MB_TYPE_8x8)) {
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
int cache_idx = -1 + i * 2 * 8;
if (USES_LIST(left_type[LEFT(i)], list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2b_xy[left_xy[LEFT(i)]] + 3;
const int b8_xy = 4 * left_xy[LEFT(i)] + 1;
AV_COPY32(mv_cache[cache_idx],
mv[b_xy + b_stride * left_block[0 + i * 2]]);
AV_COPY32(mv_cache[cache_idx + 8],
mv[b_xy + b_stride * left_block[1 + i * 2]]);
ref_cache[cache_idx] = ref[b8_xy + (left_block[0 + i * 2] & ~1)];
ref_cache[cache_idx + 8] = ref[b8_xy + (left_block[1 + i * 2] & ~1)];
} else {
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[cache_idx]);
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[cache_idx + 8]);
ref_cache[cache_idx] =
ref_cache[cache_idx + 8] = (left_type[LEFT(i)]) ? LIST_NOT_USED
: PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
}
}
} else {
if (USES_LIST(left_type[LTOP], list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2b_xy[left_xy[LTOP]] + 3;
const int b8_xy = 4 * left_xy[LTOP] + 1;
AV_COPY32(mv_cache[-1], mv[b_xy + b_stride * left_block[0]]);
ref_cache[-1] = ref[b8_xy + (left_block[0] & ~1)];
} else {
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[-1]);
ref_cache[-1] = left_type[LTOP] ? LIST_NOT_USED
: PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
}
}
if (USES_LIST(topright_type, list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2b_xy[topright_xy] + 3 * b_stride;
AV_COPY32(mv_cache[4 - 1 * 8], mv[b_xy]);
ref_cache[4 - 1 * 8] = ref[4 * topright_xy + 2];
} else {
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[4 - 1 * 8]);
ref_cache[4 - 1 * 8] = topright_type ? LIST_NOT_USED
: PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
}
if(ref_cache[2 - 1*8] < 0 || ref_cache[4 - 1 * 8] < 0) {
if (USES_LIST(topleft_type, list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2b_xy[topleft_xy] + 3 + b_stride +
(sl->topleft_partition & 2 * b_stride);
const int b8_xy = 4 * topleft_xy + 1 + (sl->topleft_partition & 2);
AV_COPY32(mv_cache[-1 - 1 * 8], mv[b_xy]);
ref_cache[-1 - 1 * 8] = ref[b8_xy];
} else {
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[-1 - 1 * 8]);
ref_cache[-1 - 1 * 8] = topleft_type ? LIST_NOT_USED
: PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
}
}
if ((mb_type & (MB_TYPE_SKIP | MB_TYPE_DIRECT2)) && !FRAME_MBAFF(h))
continue;
if (!(mb_type & (MB_TYPE_SKIP | MB_TYPE_DIRECT2))) {
uint8_t(*mvd_cache)[2] = &sl->mvd_cache[list][scan8[0]];
uint8_t(*mvd)[2] = sl->mvd_table[list];
ref_cache[2 + 8 * 0] =
ref_cache[2 + 8 * 2] = PART_NOT_AVAILABLE;
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[2 + 8 * 0]);
AV_ZERO32(mv_cache[2 + 8 * 2]);
if (CABAC(h)) {
if (USES_LIST(top_type, list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2br_xy[top_xy];
AV_COPY64(mvd_cache[0 - 1 * 8], mvd[b_xy + 0]);
} else {
AV_ZERO64(mvd_cache[0 - 1 * 8]);
}
if (USES_LIST(left_type[LTOP], list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2br_xy[left_xy[LTOP]] + 6;
AV_COPY16(mvd_cache[-1 + 0 * 8], mvd[b_xy - left_block[0]]);
AV_COPY16(mvd_cache[-1 + 1 * 8], mvd[b_xy - left_block[1]]);
} else {
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[-1 + 0 * 8]);
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[-1 + 1 * 8]);
}
if (USES_LIST(left_type[LBOT], list)) {
const int b_xy = h->mb2br_xy[left_xy[LBOT]] + 6;
AV_COPY16(mvd_cache[-1 + 2 * 8], mvd[b_xy - left_block[2]]);
AV_COPY16(mvd_cache[-1 + 3 * 8], mvd[b_xy - left_block[3]]);
} else {
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[-1 + 2 * 8]);
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[-1 + 3 * 8]);
}
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[2 + 8 * 0]);
AV_ZERO16(mvd_cache[2 + 8 * 2]);
if (sl->slice_type_nos == AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B) {
uint8_t *direct_cache = &sl->direct_cache[scan8[0]];
uint8_t *direct_table = h->direct_table;
fill_rectangle(direct_cache, 4, 4, 8, MB_TYPE_16x16 >> 1, 1);
if (IS_DIRECT(top_type)) {
AV_WN32A(&direct_cache[-1 * 8],
0x01010101u * (MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 >> 1));
} else if (IS_8X8(top_type)) {
int b8_xy = 4 * top_xy;
direct_cache[0 - 1 * 8] = direct_table[b8_xy + 2];
direct_cache[2 - 1 * 8] = direct_table[b8_xy + 3];
} else {
AV_WN32A(&direct_cache[-1 * 8],
0x01010101 * (MB_TYPE_16x16 >> 1));
}
if (IS_DIRECT(left_type[LTOP]))
direct_cache[-1 + 0 * 8] = MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 >> 1;
else if (IS_8X8(left_type[LTOP]))
direct_cache[-1 + 0 * 8] = direct_table[4 * left_xy[LTOP] + 1 + (left_block[0] & ~1)];
else
direct_cache[-1 + 0 * 8] = MB_TYPE_16x16 >> 1;
if (IS_DIRECT(left_type[LBOT]))
direct_cache[-1 + 2 * 8] = MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 >> 1;
else if (IS_8X8(left_type[LBOT]))
direct_cache[-1 + 2 * 8] = direct_table[4 * left_xy[LBOT] + 1 + (left_block[2] & ~1)];
else
direct_cache[-1 + 2 * 8] = MB_TYPE_16x16 >> 1;
}
}
}
#define MAP_MVS \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] - 1 - 1 * 8, topleft_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] + 0 - 1 * 8, top_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] + 1 - 1 * 8, top_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] + 2 - 1 * 8, top_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] + 3 - 1 * 8, top_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] + 4 - 1 * 8, topright_type) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] - 1 + 0 * 8, left_type[LTOP]) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] - 1 + 1 * 8, left_type[LTOP]) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] - 1 + 2 * 8, left_type[LBOT]) \
MAP_F2F(scan8[0] - 1 + 3 * 8, left_type[LBOT])
if (FRAME_MBAFF(h)) {
if (MB_FIELD(sl)) {
#define MAP_F2F(idx, mb_type) \
if (!IS_INTERLACED(mb_type) && sl->ref_cache[list][idx] >= 0) { \
sl->ref_cache[list][idx] *= 2; \
sl->mv_cache[list][idx][1] /= 2; \
sl->mvd_cache[list][idx][1] >>= 1; \
}
MAP_MVS
} else {
#undef MAP_F2F
#define MAP_F2F(idx, mb_type) \
if (IS_INTERLACED(mb_type) && sl->ref_cache[list][idx] >= 0) { \
sl->ref_cache[list][idx] >>= 1; \
sl->mv_cache[list][idx][1] *= 2; \
sl->mvd_cache[list][idx][1] <<= 1; \
}
MAP_MVS
#undef MAP_F2F
}
}
}
}
sl->neighbor_transform_size = !!IS_8x8DCT(top_type) + !!IS_8x8DCT(left_type[LTOP]);
}
/**
* decodes a P_SKIP or B_SKIP macroblock
*/
static void av_unused decode_mb_skip(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl)
{
const int mb_xy = sl->mb_xy;
int mb_type = 0;
memset(h->non_zero_count[mb_xy], 0, 48);
if (MB_FIELD(sl))
mb_type |= MB_TYPE_INTERLACED;
if (sl->slice_type_nos == AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B) {
// just for fill_caches. pred_direct_motion will set the real mb_type
mb_type |= MB_TYPE_L0L1 | MB_TYPE_DIRECT2 | MB_TYPE_SKIP;
if (sl->direct_spatial_mv_pred) {
fill_decode_neighbors(h, sl, mb_type);
fill_decode_caches(h, sl, mb_type); //FIXME check what is needed and what not ...
}
ff_h264_pred_direct_motion(h, sl, &mb_type);
mb_type |= MB_TYPE_SKIP;
} else {
mb_type |= MB_TYPE_16x16 | MB_TYPE_P0L0 | MB_TYPE_P1L0 | MB_TYPE_SKIP;
fill_decode_neighbors(h, sl, mb_type);
pred_pskip_motion(h, sl);
}
write_back_motion(h, sl, mb_type);
h->cur_pic.mb_type[mb_xy] = mb_type;
h->cur_pic.qscale_table[mb_xy] = sl->qscale;
h->slice_table[mb_xy] = sl->slice_num;
sl->prev_mb_skipped = 1;
}
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_MVPRED_H */

136
include/libavcodec/h264_parse.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 decoder/parser shared code
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_PARSE_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_PARSE_H
#include "config.h"
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "get_bits.h"
#include "h264_ps.h"
#define MB_TYPE_REF0 MB_TYPE_ACPRED // dirty but it fits in 16 bit
#define MB_TYPE_8x8DCT 0x01000000
// This table must be here because scan8[constant] must be known at compiletime
static const uint8_t scan8[16 * 3 + 3] = {
4 + 1 * 8, 5 + 1 * 8, 4 + 2 * 8, 5 + 2 * 8,
6 + 1 * 8, 7 + 1 * 8, 6 + 2 * 8, 7 + 2 * 8,
4 + 3 * 8, 5 + 3 * 8, 4 + 4 * 8, 5 + 4 * 8,
6 + 3 * 8, 7 + 3 * 8, 6 + 4 * 8, 7 + 4 * 8,
4 + 6 * 8, 5 + 6 * 8, 4 + 7 * 8, 5 + 7 * 8,
6 + 6 * 8, 7 + 6 * 8, 6 + 7 * 8, 7 + 7 * 8,
4 + 8 * 8, 5 + 8 * 8, 4 + 9 * 8, 5 + 9 * 8,
6 + 8 * 8, 7 + 8 * 8, 6 + 9 * 8, 7 + 9 * 8,
4 + 11 * 8, 5 + 11 * 8, 4 + 12 * 8, 5 + 12 * 8,
6 + 11 * 8, 7 + 11 * 8, 6 + 12 * 8, 7 + 12 * 8,
4 + 13 * 8, 5 + 13 * 8, 4 + 14 * 8, 5 + 14 * 8,
6 + 13 * 8, 7 + 13 * 8, 6 + 14 * 8, 7 + 14 * 8,
0 + 0 * 8, 0 + 5 * 8, 0 + 10 * 8
};
/**
* Memory management control operation opcode.
*/
typedef enum MMCOOpcode {
MMCO_END = 0,
MMCO_SHORT2UNUSED,
MMCO_LONG2UNUSED,
MMCO_SHORT2LONG,
MMCO_SET_MAX_LONG,
MMCO_RESET,
MMCO_LONG,
} MMCOOpcode;
typedef struct H264PredWeightTable {
int use_weight;
int use_weight_chroma;
int luma_log2_weight_denom;
int chroma_log2_weight_denom;
int luma_weight_flag[2]; ///< 7.4.3.2 luma_weight_lX_flag
int chroma_weight_flag[2]; ///< 7.4.3.2 chroma_weight_lX_flag
// The following 2 can be changed to int8_t but that causes a 10 CPU cycles speed loss
int luma_weight[48][2][2];
int chroma_weight[48][2][2][2];
int implicit_weight[48][48][2];
} H264PredWeightTable;
typedef struct H264POCContext {
int poc_lsb;
int poc_msb;
int delta_poc_bottom;
int delta_poc[2];
int frame_num;
int prev_poc_msb; ///< poc_msb of the last reference pic for POC type 0
int prev_poc_lsb; ///< poc_lsb of the last reference pic for POC type 0
int frame_num_offset; ///< for POC type 2
int prev_frame_num_offset; ///< for POC type 2
int prev_frame_num; ///< frame_num of the last pic for POC type 1/2
} H264POCContext;
int ff_h264_pred_weight_table(GetBitContext *gb, const SPS *sps,
const int *ref_count, int slice_type_nos,
H264PredWeightTable *pwt,
int picture_structure, void *logctx);
/**
* Check if the top & left blocks are available if needed & change the
* dc mode so it only uses the available blocks.
*/
int ff_h264_check_intra4x4_pred_mode(int8_t *pred_mode_cache, void *logctx,
int top_samples_available, int left_samples_available);
/**
* Check if the top & left blocks are available if needed & change the
* dc mode so it only uses the available blocks.
*/
int ff_h264_check_intra_pred_mode(void *logctx, int top_samples_available,
int left_samples_available,
int mode, int is_chroma);
int ff_h264_parse_ref_count(int *plist_count, int ref_count[2],
GetBitContext *gb, const PPS *pps,
int slice_type_nos, int picture_structure, void *logctx);
int ff_h264_init_poc(int pic_field_poc[2], int *pic_poc,
const SPS *sps, H264POCContext *poc,
int picture_structure, int nal_ref_idc);
int ff_h264_decode_extradata(const uint8_t *data, int size, H264ParamSets *ps,
int *is_avc, int *nal_length_size,
int err_recognition, void *logctx);
static av_always_inline uint32_t pack16to32(unsigned a, unsigned b)
{
#if HAVE_BIGENDIAN
return (b & 0xFFFF) + (a << 16);
#else
return (a & 0xFFFF) + (b << 16);
#endif
}
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_PARSE_H */

177
include/libavcodec/h264_ps.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 parameter set handling
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_PS_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_PS_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h"
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
#include "get_bits.h"
#include "h264.h"
#include "h2645_vui.h"
#define MAX_SPS_COUNT 32
#define MAX_PPS_COUNT 256
#define MAX_LOG2_MAX_FRAME_NUM (12 + 4)
/**
* Sequence parameter set
*/
typedef struct SPS {
unsigned int sps_id;
int profile_idc;
int level_idc;
int chroma_format_idc;
int transform_bypass; ///< qpprime_y_zero_transform_bypass_flag
int log2_max_frame_num; ///< log2_max_frame_num_minus4 + 4
int poc_type; ///< pic_order_cnt_type
int log2_max_poc_lsb; ///< log2_max_pic_order_cnt_lsb_minus4
int delta_pic_order_always_zero_flag;
int offset_for_non_ref_pic;
int offset_for_top_to_bottom_field;
int poc_cycle_length; ///< num_ref_frames_in_pic_order_cnt_cycle
int ref_frame_count; ///< num_ref_frames
int gaps_in_frame_num_allowed_flag;
int mb_width; ///< pic_width_in_mbs_minus1 + 1
///< (pic_height_in_map_units_minus1 + 1) * (2 - frame_mbs_only_flag)
int mb_height;
int frame_mbs_only_flag;
int mb_aff; ///< mb_adaptive_frame_field_flag
int direct_8x8_inference_flag;
int crop; ///< frame_cropping_flag
/* those 4 are already in luma samples */
unsigned int crop_left; ///< frame_cropping_rect_left_offset
unsigned int crop_right; ///< frame_cropping_rect_right_offset
unsigned int crop_top; ///< frame_cropping_rect_top_offset
unsigned int crop_bottom; ///< frame_cropping_rect_bottom_offset
int vui_parameters_present_flag;
H2645VUI vui;
int timing_info_present_flag;
uint32_t num_units_in_tick;
uint32_t time_scale;
int fixed_frame_rate_flag;
int32_t offset_for_ref_frame[256];
int bitstream_restriction_flag;
int num_reorder_frames;
int max_dec_frame_buffering;
int scaling_matrix_present;
uint16_t scaling_matrix_present_mask;
uint8_t scaling_matrix4[6][16];
uint8_t scaling_matrix8[6][64];
int nal_hrd_parameters_present_flag;
int vcl_hrd_parameters_present_flag;
int pic_struct_present_flag;
int time_offset_length;
int cpb_cnt; ///< See H.264 E.1.2
int bit_rate_scale;
uint32_t bit_rate_value[32]; ///< bit_rate_value_minus1 + 1
uint32_t cpb_size_value[32]; ///< cpb_size_value_minus1 + 1
uint32_t cpr_flag;
int initial_cpb_removal_delay_length; ///< initial_cpb_removal_delay_length_minus1 + 1
int cpb_removal_delay_length; ///< cpb_removal_delay_length_minus1 + 1
int dpb_output_delay_length; ///< dpb_output_delay_length_minus1 + 1
int bit_depth_luma; ///< bit_depth_luma_minus8 + 8
int bit_depth_chroma; ///< bit_depth_chroma_minus8 + 8
int residual_color_transform_flag; ///< residual_colour_transform_flag
int constraint_set_flags; ///< constraint_set[0-3]_flag
uint8_t data[4096];
size_t data_size;
} SPS;
/**
* Picture parameter set
*/
typedef struct PPS {
unsigned int pps_id;
unsigned int sps_id;
int cabac; ///< entropy_coding_mode_flag
int pic_order_present; ///< bottom_field_pic_order_in_frame_present_flag
int slice_group_count; ///< num_slice_groups_minus1 + 1
int mb_slice_group_map_type;
unsigned int ref_count[2]; ///< num_ref_idx_l0/1_active_minus1 + 1
int weighted_pred; ///< weighted_pred_flag
int weighted_bipred_idc;
int init_qp; ///< pic_init_qp_minus26 + 26
int init_qs; ///< pic_init_qs_minus26 + 26
int chroma_qp_index_offset[2];
int deblocking_filter_parameters_present; ///< deblocking_filter_parameters_present_flag
int constrained_intra_pred; ///< constrained_intra_pred_flag
int redundant_pic_cnt_present; ///< redundant_pic_cnt_present_flag
int transform_8x8_mode; ///< transform_8x8_mode_flag
int pic_scaling_matrix_present_flag;
uint16_t pic_scaling_matrix_present_mask;
uint8_t scaling_matrix4[6][16];
uint8_t scaling_matrix8[6][64];
uint8_t chroma_qp_table[2][QP_MAX_NUM+1]; ///< pre-scaled (with chroma_qp_index_offset) version of qp_table
int chroma_qp_diff;
uint8_t data[4096];
size_t data_size;
uint32_t dequant4_buffer[6][QP_MAX_NUM + 1][16];
uint32_t dequant8_buffer[6][QP_MAX_NUM + 1][64];
uint32_t(*dequant4_coeff[6])[16];
uint32_t(*dequant8_coeff[6])[64];
const SPS *sps; ///< RefStruct reference
} PPS;
typedef struct H264ParamSets {
const SPS *sps_list[MAX_SPS_COUNT]; ///< RefStruct references
const PPS *pps_list[MAX_PPS_COUNT]; ///< RefStruct references
/* currently active parameters sets */
const PPS *pps; ///< RefStruct reference
const SPS *sps; ///< ordinary pointer, no RefStruct reference
int overread_warning_printed[2];
} H264ParamSets;
/**
* compute profile from sps
*/
int ff_h264_get_profile(const SPS *sps);
/**
* Decode SPS
*/
int ff_h264_decode_seq_parameter_set(GetBitContext *gb, AVCodecContext *avctx,
H264ParamSets *ps, int ignore_truncation);
/**
* Decode PPS
*/
int ff_h264_decode_picture_parameter_set(GetBitContext *gb, AVCodecContext *avctx,
H264ParamSets *ps, int bit_length);
/**
* Uninit H264 param sets structure.
*/
void ff_h264_ps_uninit(H264ParamSets *ps);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_PS_H */

154
include/libavcodec/h264_sei.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264_SEI_H
#define AVCODEC_H264_SEI_H
#include "get_bits.h"
#include "h2645_sei.h"
#include "h264_ps.h"
#include "sei.h"
/**
* pic_struct in picture timing SEI message
*/
typedef enum {
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_FRAME = 0, ///< 0: %frame
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_TOP_FIELD = 1, ///< 1: top field
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_BOTTOM_FIELD = 2, ///< 2: bottom field
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_TOP_BOTTOM = 3, ///< 3: top field, bottom field, in that order
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_BOTTOM_TOP = 4, ///< 4: bottom field, top field, in that order
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_TOP_BOTTOM_TOP = 5, ///< 5: top field, bottom field, top field repeated, in that order
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_BOTTOM_TOP_BOTTOM = 6, ///< 6: bottom field, top field, bottom field repeated, in that order
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_FRAME_DOUBLING = 7, ///< 7: %frame doubling
H264_SEI_PIC_STRUCT_FRAME_TRIPLING = 8 ///< 8: %frame tripling
} H264_SEI_PicStructType;
typedef struct H264SEITimeCode {
/* When not continuously receiving full timecodes, we have to reference
the previous timecode received */
int full;
int frame;
int seconds;
int minutes;
int hours;
int dropframe;
} H264SEITimeCode;
typedef struct H264SEIPictureTiming {
// maximum size of pic_timing according to the spec should be 274 bits
uint8_t payload[40];
int payload_size_bytes;
int present;
H264_SEI_PicStructType pic_struct;
/**
* Bit set of clock types for fields/frames in picture timing SEI message.
* For each found ct_type, appropriate bit is set (e.g., bit 1 for
* interlaced).
*/
int ct_type;
/**
* dpb_output_delay in picture timing SEI message, see H.264 C.2.2
*/
int dpb_output_delay;
/**
* cpb_removal_delay in picture timing SEI message, see H.264 C.1.2
*/
int cpb_removal_delay;
/**
* Maximum three timecodes in a pic_timing SEI.
*/
H264SEITimeCode timecode[3];
/**
* Number of timecode in use
*/
int timecode_cnt;
} H264SEIPictureTiming;
typedef struct H264SEIRecoveryPoint {
/**
* recovery_frame_cnt
*
* Set to -1 if no recovery point SEI message found or to number of frames
* before playback synchronizes. Frames having recovery point are key
* frames.
*/
int recovery_frame_cnt;
} H264SEIRecoveryPoint;
typedef struct H264SEIBufferingPeriod {
int present; ///< Buffering period SEI flag
int initial_cpb_removal_delay[32]; ///< Initial timestamps for CPBs
} H264SEIBufferingPeriod;
typedef struct H264SEIGreenMetaData {
uint8_t green_metadata_type;
uint8_t period_type;
uint16_t num_seconds;
uint16_t num_pictures;
uint8_t percent_non_zero_macroblocks;
uint8_t percent_intra_coded_macroblocks;
uint8_t percent_six_tap_filtering;
uint8_t percent_alpha_point_deblocking_instance;
uint8_t xsd_metric_type;
uint16_t xsd_metric_value;
} H264SEIGreenMetaData;
typedef struct H264SEIContext {
H2645SEI common;
H264SEIPictureTiming picture_timing;
H264SEIRecoveryPoint recovery_point;
H264SEIBufferingPeriod buffering_period;
H264SEIGreenMetaData green_metadata;
} H264SEIContext;
struct H264ParamSets;
int ff_h264_sei_decode(H264SEIContext *h, GetBitContext *gb,
const struct H264ParamSets *ps, void *logctx);
static inline int ff_h264_sei_ctx_replace(H264SEIContext *dst,
const H264SEIContext *src)
{
return ff_h2645_sei_ctx_replace(&dst->common, &src->common);
}
/**
* Reset SEI values at the beginning of the frame.
*/
void ff_h264_sei_uninit(H264SEIContext *h);
/**
* Get stereo_mode string from the h264 frame_packing_arrangement
*/
const char *ff_h264_sei_stereo_mode(const H2645SEIFramePacking *h);
/**
* Parse the contents of a picture timing message given an active SPS.
*/
int ff_h264_sei_process_picture_timing(H264SEIPictureTiming *h, const SPS *sps,
void *logctx);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264_SEI_H */

42
include/libavcodec/h264chroma.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264CHROMA_H
#define AVCODEC_H264CHROMA_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
typedef void (*h264_chroma_mc_func)(uint8_t *dst /*align 8*/, const uint8_t *src /*align 1*/, ptrdiff_t srcStride, int h, int x, int y);
typedef struct H264ChromaContext {
h264_chroma_mc_func put_h264_chroma_pixels_tab[4];
h264_chroma_mc_func avg_h264_chroma_pixels_tab[4];
} H264ChromaContext;
void ff_h264chroma_init(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_aarch64(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_arm(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_ppc(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_x86(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_mips(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_loongarch(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264chroma_init_riscv(H264ChromaContext *c, int bit_depth);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264CHROMA_H */

60
include/libavcodec/h264data.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264DATA_H
#define AVCODEC_H264DATA_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/rational.h"
#include "h264.h"
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_golomb_to_pict_type[5];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_golomb_to_intra4x4_cbp[48];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_golomb_to_inter_cbp[48];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_chroma_dc_scan[4];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_chroma422_dc_scan[8];
typedef struct IMbInfo {
uint16_t type;
uint8_t pred_mode;
uint8_t cbp;
} IMbInfo;
extern const IMbInfo ff_h264_i_mb_type_info[26];
typedef struct PMbInfo {
uint16_t type;
uint8_t partition_count;
} PMbInfo;
extern const PMbInfo ff_h264_p_mb_type_info[5];
extern const PMbInfo ff_h264_p_sub_mb_type_info[4];
extern const PMbInfo ff_h264_b_mb_type_info[23];
extern const PMbInfo ff_h264_b_sub_mb_type_info[13];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_dequant4_coeff_init[6][3];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_dequant8_coeff_init_scan[16];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_dequant8_coeff_init[6][6];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_quant_rem6[QP_MAX_NUM + 1];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_quant_div6[QP_MAX_NUM + 1];
extern const uint8_t ff_h264_chroma_qp[7][QP_MAX_NUM + 1];
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264DATA_H */

702
include/libavcodec/h264dec.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,702 @@
/*
* H.26L/H.264/AVC/JVT/14496-10/... encoder/decoder
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 / AVC / MPEG-4 part10 codec.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264DEC_H
#define AVCODEC_H264DEC_H
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
#include "libavutil/mem_internal.h"
#include "cabac.h"
#include "error_resilience.h"
#include "h264_parse.h"
#include "h264_ps.h"
#include "h264_sei.h"
#include "h2645_parse.h"
#include "h264chroma.h"
#include "h264dsp.h"
#include "h264pred.h"
#include "h264qpel.h"
#include "h274.h"
#include "mpegutils.h"
#include "threadframe.h"
#include "videodsp.h"
#define H264_MAX_PICTURE_COUNT 36
/* Compiling in interlaced support reduces the speed
* of progressive decoding by about 2%. */
#define ALLOW_INTERLACE
#define FMO 0
/**
* The maximum number of slices supported by the decoder.
* must be a power of 2
*/
#define MAX_SLICES 32
#ifdef ALLOW_INTERLACE
#define MB_MBAFF(h) (h)->mb_mbaff
#define MB_FIELD(sl) (sl)->mb_field_decoding_flag
#define FRAME_MBAFF(h) (h)->mb_aff_frame
#define FIELD_PICTURE(h) ((h)->picture_structure != PICT_FRAME)
#define LEFT_MBS 2
#define LTOP 0
#define LBOT 1
#define LEFT(i) (i)
#else
#define MB_MBAFF(h) 0
#define MB_FIELD(sl) 0
#define FRAME_MBAFF(h) 0
#define FIELD_PICTURE(h) 0
#undef IS_INTERLACED
#define IS_INTERLACED(mb_type) 0
#define LEFT_MBS 1
#define LTOP 0
#define LBOT 0
#define LEFT(i) 0
#endif
#define FIELD_OR_MBAFF_PICTURE(h) (FRAME_MBAFF(h) || FIELD_PICTURE(h))
#ifndef CABAC
#define CABAC(h) (h)->ps.pps->cabac
#endif
#define CHROMA(h) ((h)->ps.sps->chroma_format_idc)
#define CHROMA422(h) ((h)->ps.sps->chroma_format_idc == 2)
#define CHROMA444(h) ((h)->ps.sps->chroma_format_idc == 3)
#define IS_REF0(a) ((a) & MB_TYPE_REF0)
#define IS_8x8DCT(a) ((a) & MB_TYPE_8x8DCT)
/**
* Memory management control operation.
*/
typedef struct MMCO {
MMCOOpcode opcode;
int short_pic_num; ///< pic_num without wrapping (pic_num & max_pic_num)
int long_arg; ///< index, pic_num, or num long refs depending on opcode
} MMCO;
typedef struct H264Picture {
AVFrame *f;
ThreadFrame tf;
AVFrame *f_grain;
int8_t *qscale_table_base; ///< RefStruct reference
int8_t *qscale_table;
int16_t (*motion_val_base[2])[2]; ///< RefStruct reference
int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
uint32_t *mb_type_base; ///< RefStruct reference
uint32_t *mb_type;
/// RefStruct reference for hardware accelerator private data
void *hwaccel_picture_private;
int8_t *ref_index[2]; ///< RefStruct reference
int field_poc[2]; ///< top/bottom POC
int poc; ///< frame POC
int frame_num; ///< frame_num (raw frame_num from slice header)
int mmco_reset; /**< MMCO_RESET set this 1. Reordering code must
not mix pictures before and after MMCO_RESET. */
int pic_id; /**< pic_num (short -> no wrap version of pic_num,
pic_num & max_pic_num; long -> long_pic_num) */
int long_ref; ///< 1->long term reference 0->short term reference
int ref_poc[2][2][32]; ///< POCs of the frames/fields used as reference (FIXME need per slice)
int ref_count[2][2]; ///< number of entries in ref_poc (FIXME need per slice)
int mbaff; ///< 1 -> MBAFF frame 0-> not MBAFF
int field_picture; ///< whether or not picture was encoded in separate fields
/**
* H264Picture.reference has this flag set,
* when the picture is held for delayed output.
*/
#define DELAYED_PIC_REF (1 << 2)
int reference;
int recovered; ///< picture at IDR or recovery point + recovery count
int invalid_gap;
int sei_recovery_frame_cnt;
int needs_fg; ///< whether picture needs film grain synthesis (see `f_grain`)
const PPS *pps;
int mb_width, mb_height;
int mb_stride;
/// RefStruct reference; its pointee is shared between decoding threads.
atomic_int *decode_error_flags;
int gray;
} H264Picture;
typedef struct H264Ref {
uint8_t *data[3];
int linesize[3];
int reference;
int poc;
int pic_id;
const H264Picture *parent;
} H264Ref;
typedef struct H264SliceContext {
const struct H264Context *h264;
GetBitContext gb;
ERContext *er;
int slice_num;
int slice_type;
int slice_type_nos; ///< S free slice type (SI/SP are remapped to I/P)
int slice_type_fixed;
int qscale;
int chroma_qp[2]; // QPc
int qp_thresh; ///< QP threshold to skip loopfilter
int last_qscale_diff;
// deblock
int deblocking_filter; ///< disable_deblocking_filter_idc with 1 <-> 0
int slice_alpha_c0_offset;
int slice_beta_offset;
H264PredWeightTable pwt;
int prev_mb_skipped;
int next_mb_skipped;
int chroma_pred_mode;
int intra16x16_pred_mode;
int8_t intra4x4_pred_mode_cache[5 * 8];
int8_t(*intra4x4_pred_mode);
int topleft_mb_xy;
int top_mb_xy;
int topright_mb_xy;
int left_mb_xy[LEFT_MBS];
int topleft_type;
int top_type;
int topright_type;
int left_type[LEFT_MBS];
const uint8_t *left_block;
int topleft_partition;
unsigned int topleft_samples_available;
unsigned int top_samples_available;
unsigned int topright_samples_available;
unsigned int left_samples_available;
ptrdiff_t linesize, uvlinesize;
ptrdiff_t mb_linesize; ///< may be equal to s->linesize or s->linesize * 2, for mbaff
ptrdiff_t mb_uvlinesize;
int mb_x, mb_y;
int mb_xy;
int resync_mb_x;
int resync_mb_y;
unsigned int first_mb_addr;
// index of the first MB of the next slice
int next_slice_idx;
int mb_skip_run;
int is_complex;
int picture_structure;
int mb_field_decoding_flag;
int mb_mbaff; ///< mb_aff_frame && mb_field_decoding_flag
int redundant_pic_count;
/**
* number of neighbors (top and/or left) that used 8x8 dct
*/
int neighbor_transform_size;
int direct_spatial_mv_pred;
int col_parity;
int col_fieldoff;
int cbp;
int top_cbp;
int left_cbp;
int dist_scale_factor[32];
int dist_scale_factor_field[2][32];
int map_col_to_list0[2][16 + 32];
int map_col_to_list0_field[2][2][16 + 32];
/**
* num_ref_idx_l0/1_active_minus1 + 1
*/
unsigned int ref_count[2]; ///< counts frames or fields, depending on current mb mode
unsigned int list_count;
H264Ref ref_list[2][48]; /**< 0..15: frame refs, 16..47: mbaff field refs.
* Reordered version of default_ref_list
* according to picture reordering in slice header */
struct {
uint8_t op;
uint32_t val;
} ref_modifications[2][32];
int nb_ref_modifications[2];
unsigned int pps_id;
const uint8_t *intra_pcm_ptr;
uint8_t *bipred_scratchpad;
uint8_t *edge_emu_buffer;
uint8_t (*top_borders[2])[(16 * 3) * 2];
int bipred_scratchpad_allocated;
int edge_emu_buffer_allocated;
int top_borders_allocated[2];
/**
* non zero coeff count cache.
* is 64 if not available.
*/
DECLARE_ALIGNED(8, uint8_t, non_zero_count_cache)[15 * 8];
/**
* Motion vector cache.
*/
DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, int16_t, mv_cache)[2][5 * 8][2];
DECLARE_ALIGNED(8, int8_t, ref_cache)[2][5 * 8];
DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint8_t, mvd_cache)[2][5 * 8][2];
uint8_t direct_cache[5 * 8];
DECLARE_ALIGNED(8, uint16_t, sub_mb_type)[4];
///< as a DCT coefficient is int32_t in high depth, we need to reserve twice the space.
DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, int16_t, mb)[16 * 48 * 2];
DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, int16_t, mb_luma_dc)[3][16 * 2];
///< as mb is addressed by scantable[i] and scantable is uint8_t we can either
///< check that i is not too large or ensure that there is some unused stuff after mb
int16_t mb_padding[256 * 2];
uint8_t (*mvd_table[2])[2];
/**
* Cabac
*/
CABACContext cabac;
uint8_t cabac_state[1024];
int cabac_init_idc;
MMCO mmco[H264_MAX_MMCO_COUNT];
int nb_mmco;
int explicit_ref_marking;
int frame_num;
int idr_pic_id;
int poc_lsb;
int delta_poc_bottom;
int delta_poc[2];
int curr_pic_num;
int max_pic_num;
} H264SliceContext;
/**
* H264Context
*/
typedef struct H264Context {
const AVClass *class;
AVCodecContext *avctx;
VideoDSPContext vdsp;
H264DSPContext h264dsp;
H264ChromaContext h264chroma;
H264QpelContext h264qpel;
H274FilmGrainDatabase h274db;
H264Picture DPB[H264_MAX_PICTURE_COUNT];
H264Picture *cur_pic_ptr;
H264Picture cur_pic;
H264Picture last_pic_for_ec;
H264SliceContext *slice_ctx;
int nb_slice_ctx;
int nb_slice_ctx_queued;
H2645Packet pkt;
int pixel_shift; ///< 0 for 8-bit H.264, 1 for high-bit-depth H.264
/* coded dimensions -- 16 * mb w/h */
int width, height;
int chroma_x_shift, chroma_y_shift;
int droppable;
int coded_picture_number;
int context_initialized;
int flags;
int workaround_bugs;
int x264_build;
/* Set when slice threading is used and at least one slice uses deblocking
* mode 1 (i.e. across slice boundaries). Then we disable the loop filter
* during normal MB decoding and execute it serially at the end.
*/
int postpone_filter;
/*
* Set to 1 when the current picture is IDR, 0 otherwise.
*/
int picture_idr;
/*
* Set to 1 when the current picture contains only I slices, 0 otherwise.
*/
int picture_intra_only;
int crop_left;
int crop_right;
int crop_top;
int crop_bottom;
int8_t(*intra4x4_pred_mode);
H264PredContext hpc;
uint8_t (*non_zero_count)[48];
#define LIST_NOT_USED -1 // FIXME rename?
/**
* block_offset[ 0..23] for frame macroblocks
* block_offset[24..47] for field macroblocks
*/
int block_offset[2 * (16 * 3)];
uint32_t *mb2b_xy; // FIXME are these 4 a good idea?
uint32_t *mb2br_xy;
int b_stride; // FIXME use s->b4_stride
uint16_t *slice_table; ///< slice_table_base + 2*mb_stride + 1
// interlacing specific flags
int mb_aff_frame;
int picture_structure;
int first_field;
uint8_t *list_counts; ///< Array of list_count per MB specifying the slice type
/* 0x100 -> non null luma_dc, 0x80/0x40 -> non null chroma_dc (cb/cr), 0x?0 -> chroma_cbp(0, 1, 2), 0x0? luma_cbp */
uint16_t *cbp_table;
/* chroma_pred_mode for i4x4 or i16x16, else 0 */
uint8_t *chroma_pred_mode_table;
uint8_t (*mvd_table[2])[2];
uint8_t *direct_table;
uint8_t scan_padding[16];
uint8_t zigzag_scan[16];
uint8_t zigzag_scan8x8[64];
uint8_t zigzag_scan8x8_cavlc[64];
uint8_t field_scan[16];
uint8_t field_scan8x8[64];
uint8_t field_scan8x8_cavlc[64];
uint8_t zigzag_scan_q0[16];
uint8_t zigzag_scan8x8_q0[64];
uint8_t zigzag_scan8x8_cavlc_q0[64];
uint8_t field_scan_q0[16];
uint8_t field_scan8x8_q0[64];
uint8_t field_scan8x8_cavlc_q0[64];
int mb_y;
int mb_height, mb_width;
int mb_stride;
int mb_num;
// =============================================================
// Things below are not used in the MB or more inner code
int nal_ref_idc;
int nal_unit_type;
int has_slice; ///< slice NAL is found in the packet, set by decode_nal_units, its state does not need to be preserved outside h264_decode_frame()
/**
* Used to parse AVC variant of H.264
*/
int is_avc; ///< this flag is != 0 if codec is avc1
int nal_length_size; ///< Number of bytes used for nal length (1, 2 or 4)
int bit_depth_luma; ///< luma bit depth from sps to detect changes
int chroma_format_idc; ///< chroma format from sps to detect changes
H264ParamSets ps;
uint16_t *slice_table_base;
H264POCContext poc;
H264Ref default_ref[2];
H264Picture *short_ref[32];
H264Picture *long_ref[32];
H264Picture *delayed_pic[H264_MAX_DPB_FRAMES + 2]; // FIXME size?
int last_pocs[H264_MAX_DPB_FRAMES];
H264Picture *next_output_pic;
int next_outputed_poc;
int poc_offset; ///< PicOrderCnt_offset from SMPTE RDD-2006
/**
* memory management control operations buffer.
*/
MMCO mmco[H264_MAX_MMCO_COUNT];
int nb_mmco;
int mmco_reset;
int explicit_ref_marking;
int long_ref_count; ///< number of actual long term references
int short_ref_count; ///< number of actual short term references
/**
* @name Members for slice based multithreading
* @{
*/
/**
* current slice number, used to initialize slice_num of each thread/context
*/
int current_slice;
/** @} */
/**
* Complement sei_pic_struct
* SEI_PIC_STRUCT_TOP_BOTTOM and SEI_PIC_STRUCT_BOTTOM_TOP indicate interlaced frames.
* However, soft telecined frames may have these values.
* This is used in an attempt to flag soft telecine progressive.
*/
int prev_interlaced_frame;
/**
* Are the SEI recovery points looking valid.
*/
int valid_recovery_point;
/**
* recovery_frame is the frame_num at which the next frame should
* be fully constructed.
*
* Set to -1 when not expecting a recovery point.
*/
int recovery_frame;
/**
* We have seen an IDR, so all the following frames in coded order are correctly
* decodable.
*/
#define FRAME_RECOVERED_IDR (1 << 0)
/**
* Sufficient number of frames have been decoded since a SEI recovery point,
* so all the following frames in presentation order are correct.
*/
#define FRAME_RECOVERED_SEI (1 << 1)
/**
* Recovery point detected by heuristic
*/
#define FRAME_RECOVERED_HEURISTIC (1 << 2)
/**
* Initial frame has been completely recovered.
*
* Once this is set, all following decoded as well as displayed frames will be marked as recovered
* If a frame is marked as recovered frame_recovered will be set once this frame is output and thus
* all subsequently output fraames are also marked as recovered
*
* In effect, if you want all subsequent DECODED frames marked as recovered, set frame_recovered
* If you want all subsequent DISPAYED frames marked as recovered, set the frame->recovered
*/
int frame_recovered;
int has_recovery_point;
int missing_fields;
/* for frame threading, this is set to 1
* after finish_setup() has been called, so we cannot modify
* some context properties (which are supposed to stay constant between
* slices) anymore */
int setup_finished;
int cur_chroma_format_idc;
int cur_bit_depth_luma;
int16_t slice_row[MAX_SLICES]; ///< to detect when MAX_SLICES is too low
/* original AVCodecContext dimensions, used to handle container
* cropping */
int width_from_caller;
int height_from_caller;
int enable_er;
ERContext er;
int16_t *dc_val_base;
H264SEIContext sei;
struct FFRefStructPool *qscale_table_pool;
struct FFRefStructPool *mb_type_pool;
struct FFRefStructPool *motion_val_pool;
struct FFRefStructPool *ref_index_pool;
struct FFRefStructPool *decode_error_flags_pool;
int ref2frm[MAX_SLICES][2][64]; ///< reference to frame number lists, used in the loop filter, the first 2 are for -2,-1
int non_gray; ///< Did we encounter a intra frame after a gray gap frame
int noref_gray;
int skip_gray;
} H264Context;
extern const uint16_t ff_h264_mb_sizes[4];
/**
* Reconstruct bitstream slice_type.
*/
int ff_h264_get_slice_type(const H264SliceContext *sl);
/**
* Allocate tables.
* needs width/height
*/
int ff_h264_alloc_tables(H264Context *h);
int ff_h264_decode_ref_pic_list_reordering(H264SliceContext *sl, void *logctx);
int ff_h264_build_ref_list(H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_remove_all_refs(H264Context *h);
/**
* Execute the reference picture marking (memory management control operations).
*/
int ff_h264_execute_ref_pic_marking(H264Context *h);
int ff_h264_decode_ref_pic_marking(H264SliceContext *sl, GetBitContext *gb,
const H2645NAL *nal, void *logctx);
void ff_h264_hl_decode_mb(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_decode_init_vlc(void);
/**
* Decode a macroblock
* @return 0 if OK, ER_AC_ERROR / ER_DC_ERROR / ER_MV_ERROR on error
*/
int ff_h264_decode_mb_cavlc(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
/**
* Decode a CABAC coded macroblock
* @return 0 if OK, ER_AC_ERROR / ER_DC_ERROR / ER_MV_ERROR on error
*/
int ff_h264_decode_mb_cabac(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_init_cabac_states(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_direct_dist_scale_factor(const H264Context *const h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_direct_ref_list_init(const H264Context *const h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_pred_direct_motion(const H264Context *const h, H264SliceContext *sl,
int *mb_type);
void ff_h264_filter_mb_fast(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int mb_x, int mb_y,
uint8_t *img_y, uint8_t *img_cb, uint8_t *img_cr,
unsigned int linesize, unsigned int uvlinesize);
void ff_h264_filter_mb(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int mb_x, int mb_y,
uint8_t *img_y, uint8_t *img_cb, uint8_t *img_cr,
unsigned int linesize, unsigned int uvlinesize);
/*
* o-o o-o
* / / /
* o-o o-o
* ,---'
* o-o o-o
* / / /
* o-o o-o
*/
/* Scan8 organization:
* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
* 0 DY y y y y y
* 1 y Y Y Y Y
* 2 y Y Y Y Y
* 3 y Y Y Y Y
* 4 y Y Y Y Y
* 5 DU u u u u u
* 6 u U U U U
* 7 u U U U U
* 8 u U U U U
* 9 u U U U U
* 10 DV v v v v v
* 11 v V V V V
* 12 v V V V V
* 13 v V V V V
* 14 v V V V V
* DY/DU/DV are for luma/chroma DC.
*/
#define LUMA_DC_BLOCK_INDEX 48
#define CHROMA_DC_BLOCK_INDEX 49
/**
* Get the chroma qp.
*/
static av_always_inline int get_chroma_qp(const PPS *pps, int t, int qscale)
{
return pps->chroma_qp_table[t][qscale];
}
int ff_h264_field_end(H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int in_setup);
int ff_h264_ref_picture(H264Picture *dst, const H264Picture *src);
int ff_h264_replace_picture(H264Picture *dst, const H264Picture *src);
void ff_h264_unref_picture(H264Picture *pic);
void ff_h264_slice_context_init(H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl);
void ff_h264_draw_horiz_band(const H264Context *h, H264SliceContext *sl, int y, int height);
/**
* Submit a slice for decoding.
*
* Parse the slice header, starting a new field/frame if necessary. If any
* slices are queued for the previous field, they are decoded.
*/
int ff_h264_queue_decode_slice(H264Context *h, const H2645NAL *nal);
int ff_h264_execute_decode_slices(H264Context *h);
int ff_h264_update_thread_context(AVCodecContext *dst,
const AVCodecContext *src);
int ff_h264_update_thread_context_for_user(AVCodecContext *dst,
const AVCodecContext *src);
void ff_h264_flush_change(H264Context *h);
void ff_h264_free_tables(H264Context *h);
void ff_h264_set_erpic(ERPicture *dst, const H264Picture *src);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264DEC_H */

135
include/libavcodec/h264dsp.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 DSP functions.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264DSP_H
#define AVCODEC_H264DSP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
typedef void (*h264_weight_func)(uint8_t *block, ptrdiff_t stride, int height,
int log2_denom, int weight, int offset);
typedef void (*h264_biweight_func)(uint8_t *dst, uint8_t *src,
ptrdiff_t stride, int height, int log2_denom,
int weightd, int weights, int offset);
/**
* Context for storing H.264 DSP functions
*/
typedef struct H264DSPContext {
/* weighted MC */
h264_weight_func weight_h264_pixels_tab[4];
h264_biweight_func biweight_h264_pixels_tab[4];
/* loop filter */
void (*h264_v_loop_filter_luma)(uint8_t *pix /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta, int8_t *tc0);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_luma)(uint8_t *pix /*align 4 */, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta, int8_t *tc0);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_luma_mbaff)(uint8_t *pix /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta, int8_t *tc0);
/* v/h_loop_filter_luma_intra: align 16 */
void (*h264_v_loop_filter_luma_intra)(uint8_t *pix, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_luma_intra)(uint8_t *pix, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_luma_mbaff_intra)(uint8_t *pix /*align 16*/,
ptrdiff_t stride, int alpha, int beta);
void (*h264_v_loop_filter_chroma)(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta, int8_t *tc0);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_chroma)(uint8_t *pix /*align 4*/, ptrdiff_t stride,
int alpha, int beta, int8_t *tc0);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_chroma_mbaff)(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
ptrdiff_t stride, int alpha, int beta,
int8_t *tc0);
void (*h264_v_loop_filter_chroma_intra)(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
ptrdiff_t stride, int alpha, int beta);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_chroma_intra)(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
ptrdiff_t stride, int alpha, int beta);
void (*h264_h_loop_filter_chroma_mbaff_intra)(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
ptrdiff_t stride, int alpha, int beta);
// h264_loop_filter_strength: simd only. the C version is inlined in h264_loopfilter.c
void (*h264_loop_filter_strength)(int16_t bS[2][4][4], uint8_t nnz[40],
int8_t ref[2][40], int16_t mv[2][40][2],
int bidir, int edges, int step,
int mask_mv0, int mask_mv1, int field);
/* IDCT */
void (*h264_idct_add)(uint8_t *dst /*align 4*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride);
void (*h264_idct8_add)(uint8_t *dst /*align 8*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride);
void (*h264_idct_dc_add)(uint8_t *dst /*align 4*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride);
void (*h264_idct8_dc_add)(uint8_t *dst /*align 8*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride);
void (*h264_idct_add16)(uint8_t *dst /*align 16*/, const int *blockoffset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride,
const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);
void (*h264_idct8_add4)(uint8_t *dst /*align 16*/, const int *blockoffset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride,
const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);
void (*h264_idct_add8)(uint8_t **dst /*align 16*/, const int *blockoffset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int stride,
const uint8_t nnzc[15 * 8]);
void (*h264_idct_add16intra)(uint8_t *dst /*align 16*/, const int *blockoffset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/,
int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);
void (*h264_luma_dc_dequant_idct)(int16_t *output,
int16_t *input /*align 16*/, int qmul);
void (*h264_chroma_dc_dequant_idct)(int16_t *block, int qmul);
/* bypass-transform */
void (*h264_add_pixels8_clear)(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);
void (*h264_add_pixels4_clear)(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);
/**
* Search buf from the start for up to size bytes. Return the index
* of a zero byte, or >= size if not found. Ideally, use lookahead
* to filter out any zero bytes that are known to not be followed by
* one or more further zero bytes and a one byte. Better still, filter
* out any bytes that form the trailing_zero_8bits syntax element too.
*/
int (*startcode_find_candidate)(const uint8_t *buf, int size);
} H264DSPContext;
void ff_h264dsp_init(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_aarch64(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_arm(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_ppc(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_x86(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_mips(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264dsp_init_loongarch(H264DSPContext *c, const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264DSP_H */

44
include/libavcodec/h264idct.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264IDCT_H
#define AVCODEC_H264IDCT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#define H264_IDCT(depth) \
void ff_h264_idct8_add_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);\
void ff_h264_idct_add_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);\
void ff_h264_idct8_dc_add_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);\
void ff_h264_idct_dc_add_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, int16_t *block, int stride);\
void ff_h264_idct_add16_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, const int *blockoffset, int16_t *block, int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);\
void ff_h264_idct_add16intra_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, const int *blockoffset, int16_t *block, int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);\
void ff_h264_idct8_add4_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t *dst, const int *blockoffset, int16_t *block, int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[5 * 8]);\
void ff_h264_idct_add8_422_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t **dest, const int *blockoffset, int16_t *block, int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[15 * 8]);\
void ff_h264_idct_add8_ ## depth ## _c(uint8_t **dest, const int *blockoffset, int16_t *block, int stride, const uint8_t nnzc[15 * 8]);\
void ff_h264_luma_dc_dequant_idct_ ## depth ## _c(int16_t *output, int16_t *input, int qmul);\
void ff_h264_chroma422_dc_dequant_idct_ ## depth ## _c(int16_t *block, int qmul);\
void ff_h264_chroma_dc_dequant_idct_ ## depth ## _c(int16_t *block, int qmul);
H264_IDCT( 8)
H264_IDCT( 9)
H264_IDCT(10)
H264_IDCT(12)
H264_IDCT(14)
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264IDCT_H */

130
include/libavcodec/h264pred.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
/*
* H.26L/H.264/AVC/JVT/14496-10/... encoder/decoder
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* H.264 / AVC / MPEG-4 prediction functions.
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264PRED_H
#define AVCODEC_H264PRED_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* Prediction types
*/
//@{
#define VERT_PRED 0
#define HOR_PRED 1
#define DC_PRED 2
#define DIAG_DOWN_LEFT_PRED 3
#define DIAG_DOWN_RIGHT_PRED 4
#define VERT_RIGHT_PRED 5
#define HOR_DOWN_PRED 6
#define VERT_LEFT_PRED 7
#define HOR_UP_PRED 8
// DC edge (not for VP8)
#define LEFT_DC_PRED 9
#define TOP_DC_PRED 10
#define DC_128_PRED 11
// RV40 specific
#define DIAG_DOWN_LEFT_PRED_RV40_NODOWN 12
#define HOR_UP_PRED_RV40_NODOWN 13
#define VERT_LEFT_PRED_RV40_NODOWN 14
// VP8 specific
#define TM_VP8_PRED 9 ///< "True Motion", used instead of plane
#define VERT_VP8_PRED 10 ///< for VP8, #VERT_PRED is the average of
///< (left col+cur col x2+right col) / 4;
///< this is the "unaveraged" one
#define HOR_VP8_PRED 14 ///< unaveraged version of #HOR_PRED, see
///< #VERT_VP8_PRED for details
#define DC_127_PRED 12
#define DC_129_PRED 13
#define DC_PRED8x8 0
#define HOR_PRED8x8 1
#define VERT_PRED8x8 2
#define PLANE_PRED8x8 3
// DC edge
#define LEFT_DC_PRED8x8 4
#define TOP_DC_PRED8x8 5
#define DC_128_PRED8x8 6
// H.264/SVQ3 (8x8) specific
#define ALZHEIMER_DC_L0T_PRED8x8 7
#define ALZHEIMER_DC_0LT_PRED8x8 8
#define ALZHEIMER_DC_L00_PRED8x8 9
#define ALZHEIMER_DC_0L0_PRED8x8 10
// VP8 specific
#define DC_127_PRED8x8 7
#define DC_129_PRED8x8 8
//@}
#define PART_NOT_AVAILABLE -2
/**
* Context for storing H.264 prediction functions
*/
typedef struct H264PredContext {
void(*pred4x4[9 + 3 + 3])(uint8_t *src, const uint8_t *topright,
ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred8x8l[9 + 3])(uint8_t *src, int topleft, int topright,
ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred8x8[4 + 3 + 4])(uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred16x16[4 + 3 + 2])(uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred4x4_add[2])(uint8_t *pix /*align 4*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred8x8l_add[2])(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred8x8l_filter_add[2])(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, int topleft, int topright, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred8x8_add[3])(uint8_t *pix /*align 8*/,
const int *block_offset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride);
void(*pred16x16_add[3])(uint8_t *pix /*align 16*/,
const int *block_offset,
int16_t *block /*align 16*/, ptrdiff_t stride);
} H264PredContext;
void ff_h264_pred_init(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth, const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264_pred_init_aarch64(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth,
const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264_pred_init_arm(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth, const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264_pred_init_x86(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth, const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264_pred_init_mips(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth, const int chroma_format_idc);
void ff_h264_pred_init_loongarch(H264PredContext *h, int codec_id,
const int bit_depth, const int chroma_format_idc);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264PRED_H */

41
include/libavcodec/h264qpel.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
* H.26L/H.264/AVC/JVT/14496-10/... encoder/decoder
* Copyright (c) 2003-2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_H264QPEL_H
#define AVCODEC_H264QPEL_H
#include "qpeldsp.h"
typedef struct H264QpelContext {
qpel_mc_func put_h264_qpel_pixels_tab[4][16];
qpel_mc_func avg_h264_qpel_pixels_tab[4][16];
} H264QpelContext;
void ff_h264qpel_init(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_aarch64(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_arm(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_ppc(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_x86(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_mips(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
void ff_h264qpel_init_loongarch(H264QpelContext *c, int bit_depth);
#endif /* AVCODEC_H264QPEL_H */

21
include/libavcodec/jni.h
View File

@@ -43,4 +43,25 @@ int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
*/
void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
/*
* Set the Android application context which will be used to retrieve the Android
* content resolver to handle content uris.
*
* This function is only available on Android.
*
* @param app_ctx global JNI reference to the Android application context
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*/
int av_jni_set_android_app_ctx(void *app_ctx, void *log_ctx);
/*
* Get the Android application context that has been set with
* av_jni_set_android_app_ctx.
*
* This function is only available on Android.
*
* @return a pointer the the Android application context
*/
void *av_jni_get_android_app_ctx(void);
#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */

97
include/libavcodec/me_cmp.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_ME_CMP_H
#define AVCODEC_ME_CMP_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes_internal.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
extern const uint32_t attribute_visibility_hidden ff_square_tab[512];
/* minimum alignment rules ;)
* If you notice errors in the align stuff, need more alignment for some ASM code
* for some CPU or need to use a function with less aligned data then send a mail
* to the ffmpeg-devel mailing list, ...
*
* !warning These alignments might not match reality, (missing attribute((align))
* stuff somewhere possible).
* I (Michael) did not check them, these are just the alignments which I think
* could be reached easily ...
*
* !future video codecs might need functions with less strict alignment
*/
struct MpegEncContext;
/* Motion estimation:
* h is limited to { width / 2, width, 2 * width },
* but never larger than 16 and never smaller than 2.
* Although currently h < 4 is not used as functions with
* width < 8 are neither used nor implemented. */
typedef int (*me_cmp_func)(struct MpegEncContext *c,
const uint8_t *blk1 /* align width (8 or 16) */,
const uint8_t *blk2 /* align 1 */, ptrdiff_t stride,
int h);
typedef struct MECmpContext {
int (*sum_abs_dctelem)(const int16_t *block /* align 16 */);
me_cmp_func sad[6]; /* identical to pix_absAxA except additional void * */
me_cmp_func sse[6];
me_cmp_func hadamard8_diff[6];
me_cmp_func dct_sad[6];
me_cmp_func quant_psnr[6];
me_cmp_func bit[6];
me_cmp_func rd[6];
me_cmp_func vsad[6];
me_cmp_func vsse[6];
me_cmp_func nsse[6];
me_cmp_func w53[6];
me_cmp_func w97[6];
me_cmp_func dct_max[6];
me_cmp_func dct264_sad[6];
me_cmp_func me_pre_cmp[6];
me_cmp_func me_cmp[6];
me_cmp_func me_sub_cmp[6];
me_cmp_func mb_cmp[6];
me_cmp_func ildct_cmp[6]; // only width 16 used
me_cmp_func frame_skip_cmp[6]; // only width 8 used
me_cmp_func pix_abs[2][4];
me_cmp_func median_sad[6];
} MECmpContext;
void ff_me_cmp_init(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_aarch64(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_alpha(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_arm(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_ppc(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_riscv(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_x86(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
void ff_me_cmp_init_mips(MECmpContext *c, AVCodecContext *avctx);
int ff_set_cmp(MECmpContext *c, me_cmp_func *cmp, int type);
void ff_dsputil_init_dwt(MECmpContext *c);
#endif /* AVCODEC_ME_CMP_H */

8
include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
View File

@@ -88,13 +88,15 @@ int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
/**
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
* that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
* of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using
* CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
* of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details.
* of the current `java/lang/System#nanoTime()` (which is implemented using
* `CLOCK_MONOTONIC` on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
* of [`android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long)`][0] for more details.
*
* @param buffer the buffer to render
* @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
*
* [0]: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,%20long)
*/
int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);

188
include/libavcodec/packet.h
View File

@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@
#include "libavcodec/version_major.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
* @defgroup lavc_packet_side_data AVPacketSideData
*
* Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
* Types and functions for working with AVPacketSideData.
* @{
*/
enum AVPacketSideDataType {
@@ -59,10 +59,6 @@ enum AVPacketSideDataType {
* An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows:
* @code
* u32le param_flags
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT)
* s32le channel_count
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT)
* u64le channel_layout
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE)
* s32le sample_rate
* if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS)
@@ -161,7 +157,7 @@ enum AVPacketSideDataType {
* the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV
* and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used.
* @code
* u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
* u8 selected channels (0=main/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both)
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO,
@@ -299,6 +295,56 @@ enum AVPacketSideDataType {
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS,
/**
* IAMF Mix Gain Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This metadata
* is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains information
* defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.1 of the Immersive Audio Model and
* Formats standard.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_MIX_GAIN_PARAM,
/**
* IAMF Demixing Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This
* metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains
* information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.2 of the Immersive Audio Model
* and Formats standard.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_DEMIXING_INFO_PARAM,
/**
* IAMF Recon Gain Info Parameter Data associated with the audio frame. This
* metadata is in the form of the AVIAMFParamDefinition struct and contains
* information defined in sections 3.6.1 and 3.8.3 of the Immersive Audio Model
* and Formats standard.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_IAMF_RECON_GAIN_INFO_PARAM,
/**
* Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274. This metadata
* should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form
* of the AVAmbientViewingEnvironment struct.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT,
/**
* The number of pixels to discard from the top/bottom/left/right border of the
* decoded frame to obtain the sub-rectangle intended for presentation.
*
* @code
* u32le crop_top
* u32le crop_bottom
* u32le crop_left
* u32le crop_right
* @endcode
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_FRAME_CROPPING,
/**
* Raw LCEVC payload data, as a uint8_t array, with NAL emulation
* bytes intact.
*/
AV_PKT_DATA_LCEVC,
/**
* The number of side data types.
* This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may
@@ -310,14 +356,133 @@ enum AVPacketSideDataType {
AV_PKT_DATA_NB
};
#if FF_API_QUALITY_FACTOR
#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS //DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* This structure stores auxiliary information for decoding, presenting, or
* otherwise processing the coded stream. It is typically exported by demuxers
* and encoders and can be fed to decoders and muxers either in a per packet
* basis, or as global side data (applying to the entire coded stream).
*
* Global side data is handled as follows:
* - During demuxing, it may be exported through
* @ref AVStream.codecpar.side_data "AVStream's codec parameters", which can
* then be passed as input to decoders through the
* @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "decoder context's side data", for
* initialization.
* - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVStream.codecpar.side_data
* "AVStream's codec parameters", typically the output of encoders through
* the @ref AVCodecContext.coded_side_data "encoder context's side data", for
* initialization.
*
* Packet specific side data is handled as follows:
* - During demuxing, it may be exported through @ref AVPacket.side_data
* "AVPacket's side data", which can then be passed as input to decoders.
* - For muxing, it can be fed through @ref AVPacket.side_data "AVPacket's
* side data", typically the output of encoders.
*
* Different modules may accept or export different types of side data
* depending on media type and codec. Refer to @ref AVPacketSideDataType for a
* list of defined types and where they may be found or used.
*/
typedef struct AVPacketSideData {
uint8_t *data;
size_t size;
enum AVPacketSideDataType type;
} AVPacketSideData;
/**
* Allocate a new packet side data.
*
* @param sd pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should
* be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be
* initialized.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success.
* @param type side data type
* @param size desired side data size
* @param flags currently unused. Must be zero
*
* @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise.
*/
AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_new(AVPacketSideData **psd, int *pnb_sd,
enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t size, int flags);
/**
* Wrap existing data as packet side data.
*
* @param sd pointer to an array of side data to which the side data should
* be added. *sd may be NULL, in which case the array will be
* initialized
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array. The integer value will be increased by 1 on success.
* @param type side data type
* @param data a data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() family
* of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to the
* side data array on success
* @param size size of the data array
* @param flags currently unused. Must be zero
*
* @return pointer to freshly allocated side data on success, or NULL otherwise
* On failure, the side data array is unchanged and the data remains
* owned by the caller.
*/
AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_add(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd,
enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
void *data, size_t size, int flags);
/**
* Get side information from a side data array.
*
* @param sd the array from which the side data should be fetched
* @param nb_sd value containing the number of entries in the array.
* @param type desired side information type
*
* @return pointer to side data if present or NULL otherwise
*/
const AVPacketSideData *av_packet_side_data_get(const AVPacketSideData *sd,
int nb_sd,
enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* Remove side data of the given type from a side data array.
*
* @param sd the array from which the side data should be removed
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array. Will be reduced by the amount of entries removed
* upon return
* @param type side information type
*/
void av_packet_side_data_remove(AVPacketSideData *sd, int *nb_sd,
enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* Convenience function to free all the side data stored in an array, and
* the array itself.
*
* @param sd pointer to array of side data to free. Will be set to NULL
* upon return.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array. Will be set to 0 upon return.
*/
void av_packet_side_data_free(AVPacketSideData **sd, int *nb_sd);
const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket
*
* Types and functions for working with AVPacket.
* @{
*/
/**
* This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers
* and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and
@@ -448,13 +613,6 @@ typedef struct AVPacketList {
#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010
enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags {
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* @deprecated those are not used by any decoder
*/
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002,
#endif
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004,
AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008,
};
@@ -603,8 +761,6 @@ int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket *pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type,
size_t *size);
const char *av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type);
/**
* Pack a dictionary for use in side_data.
*

4
include/libavcodec/qsv.h
View File

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
#ifndef AVCODEC_QSV_H
#define AVCODEC_QSV_H
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
#include <mfxvideo.h>
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
@@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ typedef struct AVQSVContext {
* required by the encoder and the user-provided value nb_opaque_surfaces.
* The array of the opaque surfaces will be exported to the caller through
* the opaque_surfaces field.
*
* The caller must set this field to zero for oneVPL (MFX_VERSION >= 2.0)
*/
int opaque_alloc;

26
include/libavcodec/vdpau.h
View File

@@ -66,16 +66,14 @@ typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext *, struct AVFrame *,
/**
* This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and
* the client video application.
* The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel
* function and make it available as
* AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once
* This structure will be allocated and stored in AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context
* by av_vdpau_bind_context(). Members can be set by the user once
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
* decoding functions.
*
* The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not
* be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an
* AVVDPAUContext.
* be used outside of libavcodec.
*/
typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
/**
@@ -95,15 +93,27 @@ typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
} AVVDPAUContext;
#if FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET
/**
* @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext
*
* Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI
* @deprecated use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVVDPAUContext *av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void);
/**
* @deprecated render2 is public and can be accessed directly
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext *);
/**
* @deprecated render2 is public and can be accessed directly
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext *, AVVDPAU_Render2);
#endif
/**
* Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration.
@@ -145,13 +155,17 @@ int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDevice device,
int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpChromaType *type,
uint32_t *width, uint32_t *height);
#if FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET
/**
* Allocate an AVVDPAUContext.
*
* @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure.
* @deprecated use av_vdpau_bind_context() instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVVDPAUContext *av_vdpau_alloc_context(void);
#endif
/* @}*/
/** @} */
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */

4
include/libavcodec/version.h
View File

@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 37
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 19
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 101
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \

26
include/libavcodec/version_major.h
View File

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
* Libavcodec version macros.
*/
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 59
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 61
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
@@ -37,18 +37,16 @@
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*/
#define FF_API_OPENH264_SLICE_MODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_OPENH264_CABAC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AUTO_THREADS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_IDCT_NONE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_SVTAV1_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_SUBFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_TICKS_PER_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_DROPCHANGED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_AVFFT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_FF_PROFILE_LEVEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_CLOSE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_VDPAU_ALLOC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_QUALITY_FACTOR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

64
include/libavcodec/videotoolbox.h
View File

@@ -29,6 +29,15 @@
* Public libavcodec Videotoolbox header.
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_videotoolbox VideoToolbox Decoder
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* Hardware accelerated decoding using VideoToolbox on Apple Platforms
*
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
@@ -37,6 +46,8 @@
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
/**
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing Videotoolbox decoding.
@@ -46,16 +57,9 @@
typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
/**
* Videotoolbox decompression session object.
* Created and freed the caller.
*/
VTDecompressionSessionRef session;
/**
* The output callback that must be passed to the session.
* Set by av_videottoolbox_default_init()
*/
VTDecompressionOutputCallback output_callback;
/**
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
* set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
@@ -65,61 +69,15 @@ typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
/**
* CoreMedia Format Description that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
* Set by the caller.
*/
CMVideoFormatDescriptionRef cm_fmt_desc;
/**
* CoreMedia codec type that Videotoolbox will use to create the decompression session.
* Set by the caller.
*/
int cm_codec_type;
} AVVideotoolboxContext;
/**
* Allocate and initialize a Videotoolbox context.
*
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VIDETOOLBOX format. The caller must then create
* the decoder object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that
* will be used for Videotoolbox-accelerated decoding.
*
* When decoding with Videotoolbox is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
* object and free the Videotoolbox context using av_free().
*
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
*/
AVVideotoolboxContext *av_videotoolbox_alloc_context(void);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_videotoolbox_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the Videotoolbox context using
* an internal implementation.
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
* @param vtctx the Videotoolbox context to use
*
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_videotoolbox_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVideotoolboxContext *vtctx);
/**
* This function must be called to free the Videotoolbox context initialized with
* av_videotoolbox_default_init().
*
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
*/
void av_videotoolbox_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
/**
* @}
*/

171
include/libavcodec/xvmc.h
View File

@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2003 Ivan Kalvachev
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVCODEC_XVMC_H
#define AVCODEC_XVMC_H
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc
* Public libavcodec XvMC header.
*/
#pragma message("XvMC is no longer supported; this header is deprecated and will be removed")
#include <X11/extensions/XvMC.h>
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
#include "avcodec.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_xvmc XvMC
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
*
* @{
*/
#define AV_XVMC_ID 0x1DC711C0 /**< special value to ensure that regular pixel routines haven't corrupted the struct
the number is 1337 speak for the letters IDCT MCo (motion compensation) */
struct attribute_deprecated xvmc_pix_fmt {
/** The field contains the special constant value AV_XVMC_ID.
It is used as a test that the application correctly uses the API,
and that there is no corruption caused by pixel routines.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int xvmc_id;
/** Pointer to the block array allocated by XvMCCreateBlocks().
The array has to be freed by XvMCDestroyBlocks().
Each group of 64 values represents one data block of differential
pixel information (in MoCo mode) or coefficients for IDCT.
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills coefficients/pixel data into the array
*/
short* data_blocks;
/** Pointer to the macroblock description array allocated by
XvMCCreateMacroBlocks() and freed by XvMCDestroyMacroBlocks().
- application - set the pointer during initialization
- libavcodec - fills description data into the array
*/
XvMCMacroBlock* mv_blocks;
/** Number of macroblock descriptions that can be stored in the mv_blocks
array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_mv_blocks;
/** Number of blocks that can be stored at once in the data_blocks array.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int allocated_data_blocks;
/** Indicate that the hardware would interpret data_blocks as IDCT
coefficients and perform IDCT on them.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int idct;
/** In MoCo mode it indicates that intra macroblocks are assumed to be in
unsigned format; same as the XVMC_INTRA_UNSIGNED flag.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int unsigned_intra;
/** Pointer to the surface allocated by XvMCCreateSurface().
It has to be freed by XvMCDestroySurface() on application exit.
It identifies the frame and its state on the video hardware.
- application - set during initialization
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
XvMCSurface* p_surface;
/** Set by the decoder before calling ff_draw_horiz_band(),
needed by the XvMCRenderSurface function. */
//@{
/** Pointer to the surface used as past reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_past_surface;
/** Pointer to the surface used as future reference
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
XvMCSurface* p_future_surface;
/** top/bottom field or frame
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int picture_structure;
/** XVMC_SECOND_FIELD - 1st or 2nd field in the sequence
- application - unchanged
- libavcodec - set
*/
unsigned int flags;
//}@
/** Number of macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array
that have already been passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may increment it
with filled_mb_block_num or zero both.
- libavcodec - unchanged
*/
int start_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of new macroblock descriptions in the mv_blocks array (after
start_mv_blocks_num) that are filled by libavcodec and have to be
passed to the hardware.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer() or after successful
ff_draw_horiz_band().
- libavcodec - increment with one of each stored MB
*/
int filled_mv_blocks_num;
/** Number of the next free data block; one data block consists of
64 short values in the data_blocks array.
All blocks before this one have already been claimed by placing their
position into the corresponding block description structure field,
that are part of the mv_blocks array.
- application - zeroes it on get_buffer().
A successful ff_draw_horiz_band() may zero it together
with start_mb_blocks_num.
- libavcodec - each decoded macroblock increases it by the number
of coded blocks it contains.
*/
int next_free_data_block_num;
};
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVCODEC_XVMC_H */

132
include/libavdevice/avdevice.h
View File

@@ -327,136 +327,6 @@ int avdevice_dev_to_app_control_message(struct AVFormatContext *s,
enum AVDevToAppMessageType type,
void *data, size_t data_size);
#if FF_API_DEVICE_CAPABILITIES
/**
* Following API allows user to probe device capabilities (supported codecs,
* pixel formats, sample formats, resolutions, channel counts, etc).
* It is build on top op AVOption API.
* Queried capabilities make it possible to set up converters of video or audio
* parameters that fit to the device.
*
* List of capabilities that can be queried:
* - Capabilities valid for both audio and video devices:
* - codec: supported audio/video codecs.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVCodecID value)
* - Capabilities valid for audio devices:
* - sample_format: supported sample formats.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVSampleFormat value)
* - sample_rate: supported sample rates.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
* - channels: supported number of channels.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT
* - channel_layout: supported channel layouts.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64
* - Capabilities valid for video devices:
* - pixel_format: supported pixel formats.
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_INT (AVPixelFormat value)
* - window_size: supported window sizes (describes size of the window size presented to the user).
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
* - frame_size: supported frame sizes (describes size of provided video frames).
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE
* - fps: supported fps values
* type: AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL
*
* Value of the capability may be set by user using av_opt_set() function
* and AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery object. Following queries will
* limit results to the values matching already set capabilities.
* For example, setting a codec may impact number of formats or fps values
* returned during next query. Setting invalid value may limit results to zero.
*
* Example of the usage basing on opengl output device:
*
* @code
* AVFormatContext *oc = NULL;
* AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery *caps = NULL;
* AVOptionRanges *ranges;
* int ret;
*
* if ((ret = avformat_alloc_output_context2(&oc, NULL, "opengl", NULL)) < 0)
* goto fail;
* if (avdevice_capabilities_create(&caps, oc, NULL) < 0)
* goto fail;
*
* //query codecs
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "codec", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
* goto fail;
* //pick codec here and set it
* av_opt_set(caps, "codec", AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, 0);
*
* //query format
* if (av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, caps, "pixel_format", AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE)) < 0)
* goto fail;
* //pick format here and set it
* av_opt_set(caps, "pixel_format", AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, 0);
*
* //query and set more capabilities
*
* fail:
* //clean up code
* avdevice_capabilities_free(&query, oc);
* avformat_free_context(oc);
* @endcode
*/
/**
* Structure describes device capabilities.
*
* It is used by devices in conjunction with av_device_capabilities AVOption table
* to implement capabilities probing API based on AVOption API. Should not be used directly.
*/
typedef struct AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery {
const AVClass *av_class;
AVFormatContext *device_context;
enum AVCodecID codec;
enum AVSampleFormat sample_format;
enum AVPixelFormat pixel_format;
int sample_rate;
int channels;
int64_t channel_layout;
int window_width;
int window_height;
int frame_width;
int frame_height;
AVRational fps;
} AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery;
/**
* AVOption table used by devices to implement device capabilities API. Should not be used by a user.
*/
attribute_deprecated
extern const AVOption av_device_capabilities[];
/**
* Initialize capabilities probing API based on AVOption API.
*
* avdevice_capabilities_free() must be called when query capabilities API is
* not used anymore.
*
* @param[out] caps Device capabilities data. Pointer to a NULL pointer must be passed.
* @param s Context of the device.
* @param device_options An AVDictionary filled with device-private options.
* On return this parameter will be destroyed and replaced with a dict
* containing options that were not found. May be NULL.
* The same options must be passed later to avformat_write_header() for output
* devices or avformat_open_input() for input devices, or at any other place
* that affects device-private options.
*
* @return >= 0 on success, negative otherwise.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avdevice_capabilities_create(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s,
AVDictionary **device_options);
/**
* Free resources created by avdevice_capabilities_create()
*
* @param caps Device capabilities data to be freed.
* @param s Context of the device.
*/
attribute_deprecated
void avdevice_capabilities_free(AVDeviceCapabilitiesQuery **caps, AVFormatContext *s);
#endif
/**
* Structure describes basic parameters of the device.
*/
@@ -494,7 +364,7 @@ int avdevice_list_devices(struct AVFormatContext *s, AVDeviceInfoList **device_l
/**
* Convenient function to free result of avdevice_list_devices().
*
* @param devices device list to be freed.
* @param device_list device list to be freed.
*/
void avdevice_free_list_devices(AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);

2
include/libavdevice/version.h
View File

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 7
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 3
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \

10
include/libavdevice/version_major.h
View File

@@ -25,13 +25,19 @@
* Libavdevice version macros
*/
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 59
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 61
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#define FF_API_DEVICE_CAPABILITIES (LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
// reminder to remove the bktr device on next major bump
#define FF_API_BKTR_DEVICE (LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
// reminder to remove the opengl device on next major bump
#define FF_API_OPENGL_DEVICE (LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
// reminder to remove the sdl2 device on next major bump
#define FF_API_SDL2_DEVICE (LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#endif /* AVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

653
include/libavfilter/avfilter.h
View File

@@ -76,16 +76,6 @@ typedef struct AVFilterPad AVFilterPad;
typedef struct AVFilterFormats AVFilterFormats;
typedef struct AVFilterChannelLayouts AVFilterChannelLayouts;
#if FF_API_PAD_COUNT
/**
* Get the number of elements in an AVFilter's inputs or outputs array.
*
* @deprecated Use avfilter_filter_pad_count() instead.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_pad_count(const AVFilterPad *pads);
#endif
/**
* Get the name of an AVFilterPad.
*
@@ -108,6 +98,41 @@ const char *avfilter_pad_get_name(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
*/
enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
/**
* Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link.
*
* This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies:
* one for the source filter, one for the destination filter.
* These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used,
* which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of
* AVFilterLink, when chosen.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig {
/**
* List of supported formats (pixel or sample).
*/
AVFilterFormats *formats;
/**
* Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio.
*/
AVFilterFormats *samplerates;
/**
* Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio.
*/
AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts;
/**
* Lists of supported YUV color metadata, only for YUV video.
*/
AVFilterFormats *color_spaces; ///< AVColorSpace
AVFilterFormats *color_ranges; ///< AVColorRange
} AVFilterFormatsConfig;
/**
* The number of the filter inputs is not determined just by AVFilter.inputs.
* The filter might add additional inputs during initialization depending on the
@@ -141,6 +166,11 @@ enum AVMediaType avfilter_pad_get_type(const AVFilterPad *pads, int pad_idx);
* received by the filter on one of its inputs.
*/
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_METADATA_ONLY (1 << 3)
/**
* The filter can create hardware frames using AVFilterContext.hw_device_ctx.
*/
#define AVFILTER_FLAG_HWDEVICE (1 << 4)
/**
* Some filters support a generic "enable" expression option that can be used
* to enable or disable a filter in the timeline. Filters supporting this
@@ -276,19 +306,6 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
*/
int (*init)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
/**
* Should be set instead of @ref AVFilter.init "init" by the filters that
* want to pass a dictionary of AVOptions to nested contexts that are
* allocated during init.
*
* On return, the options dict should be freed and replaced with one that
* contains all the options which could not be processed by this filter (or
* with NULL if all the options were processed).
*
* Otherwise the semantics is the same as for @ref AVFilter.init "init".
*/
int (*init_dict)(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Filter uninitialization function.
*
@@ -313,13 +330,28 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
* and outputs are fixed), shortly before the format negotiation. This
* callback may be called more than once.
*
* This callback must set AVFilterLink.outcfg.formats on every input link
* and AVFilterLink.incfg.formats on every output link to a list of
* pixel/sample formats that the filter supports on that link. For audio
* links, this filter must also set @ref AVFilterLink.incfg.samplerates
* "in_samplerates" / @ref AVFilterLink.outcfg.samplerates "out_samplerates"
* and @ref AVFilterLink.incfg.channel_layouts "in_channel_layouts" /
* @ref AVFilterLink.outcfg.channel_layouts "out_channel_layouts" analogously.
* This callback must set ::AVFilterLink's
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "outcfg.formats"
* on every input link and
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.formats "incfg.formats"
* on every output link to a list of pixel/sample formats that the filter
* supports on that link.
* For video links, this filter may also set
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.color_spaces "incfg.color_spaces"
* /
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.color_spaces "outcfg.color_spaces"
* and @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.color_ranges "incfg.color_ranges"
* /
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.color_ranges "outcfg.color_ranges"
* analogously.
* For audio links, this filter must also set
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "incfg.samplerates"
* /
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.samplerates "outcfg.samplerates"
* and @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "incfg.channel_layouts"
* /
* @ref AVFilterFormatsConfig.channel_layouts "outcfg.channel_layouts"
* analogously.
*
* This callback must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
*
@@ -327,12 +359,31 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
* AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int (*query_func)(AVFilterContext *);
/**
* Same as query_func(), except this function writes the results into
* provided arrays.
*
* @param cfg_in array of input format configurations with as many
* members as the filters has inputs (NULL when there are
* no inputs);
* @param cfg_out array of output format configurations with as many
* members as the filters has outputs (NULL when there
* are no outputs);
*/
int (*query_func2)(const AVFilterContext *,
struct AVFilterFormatsConfig **cfg_in,
struct AVFilterFormatsConfig **cfg_out);
/**
* A pointer to an array of admissible pixel formats delimited
* by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. The generic code will use this list
* to indicate that this filter supports each of these pixel formats,
* provided that all inputs and outputs use the same pixel format.
*
* In addition to that the generic code will mark all inputs
* and all outputs as supporting all color spaces and ranges, as
* long as all inputs and outputs use the same color space/range.
*
* This list must never be NULL if the union is in this state.
* The type of all inputs and outputs of filters using this must
* be AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO.
@@ -402,8 +453,6 @@ unsigned avfilter_filter_pad_count(const AVFilter *filter, int is_output);
*/
#define AVFILTER_THREAD_SLICE (1 << 0)
typedef struct AVFilterInternal AVFilterInternal;
/** An instance of a filter */
struct AVFilterContext {
const AVClass *av_class; ///< needed for av_log() and filters common options
@@ -443,9 +492,11 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
int thread_type;
/**
* An opaque struct for libavfilter internal use.
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
*/
AVFilterInternal *internal;
int nb_threads;
struct AVFilterCommand *command_queue;
@@ -460,16 +511,13 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
* hardware context information.
*
* May be set by the caller on filters flagged with AVFILTER_FLAG_HWDEVICE
* before initializing the filter with avfilter_init_str() or
* avfilter_init_dict().
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
/**
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
*/
int nb_threads;
/**
* Ready status of the filter.
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
@@ -494,35 +542,6 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
int extra_hw_frames;
};
/**
* Lists of formats / etc. supported by an end of a link.
*
* This structure is directly part of AVFilterLink, in two copies:
* one for the source filter, one for the destination filter.
* These lists are used for negotiating the format to actually be used,
* which will be loaded into the format and channel_layout members of
* AVFilterLink, when chosen.
*/
typedef struct AVFilterFormatsConfig {
/**
* List of supported formats (pixel or sample).
*/
AVFilterFormats *formats;
/**
* Lists of supported sample rates, only for audio.
*/
AVFilterFormats *samplerates;
/**
* Lists of supported channel layouts, only for audio.
*/
AVFilterChannelLayouts *channel_layouts;
} AVFilterFormatsConfig;
/**
* A link between two filters. This contains pointers to the source and
* destination filters between which this link exists, and the indexes of
@@ -544,22 +563,25 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
enum AVMediaType type; ///< filter media type
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
/* These parameters apply only to video */
int w; ///< agreed upon image width
int h; ///< agreed upon image height
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ///< agreed upon sample aspect ratio
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
* @deprecated use ch_layout
* For non-YUV links, these are respectively set to fallback values (as
* appropriate for that colorspace).
*
* Note: This includes grayscale formats, as these are currently treated
* as forced full range always.
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
enum AVColorSpace colorspace; ///< agreed upon YUV color space
enum AVColorRange color_range; ///< agreed upon YUV color range
int format; ///< agreed upon media format
/* These parameters apply only to audio */
int sample_rate; ///< samples per second
AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
/**
* Define the time base used by the PTS of the frames/samples
@@ -570,8 +592,6 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
*/
AVRational time_base;
AVChannelLayout ch_layout; ///< channel layout of current buffer (see libavutil/channel_layout.h)
/*****************************************************************
* All fields below this line are not part of the public API. They
* may not be used outside of libavfilter and can be changed and
@@ -589,136 +609,6 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
* Lists of supported formats / etc. supported by the output filter.
*/
AVFilterFormatsConfig outcfg;
/** stage of the initialization of the link properties (dimensions, etc) */
enum {
AVLINK_UNINIT = 0, ///< not started
AVLINK_STARTINIT, ///< started, but incomplete
AVLINK_INIT ///< complete
} init_state;
/**
* Graph the filter belongs to.
*/
struct AVFilterGraph *graph;
/**
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
*/
int64_t current_pts;
/**
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
*/
int64_t current_pts_us;
/**
* Index in the age array.
*/
int age_index;
/**
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
* of the source filter if it exists.
*
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
*/
AVRational frame_rate;
/**
* Minimum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
* called with fewer samples, it will accumulate them in fifo.
* This field and the related ones must not be changed after filtering
* has started.
* If 0, all related fields are ignored.
*/
int min_samples;
/**
* Maximum number of samples to filter at once. If filter_frame() is
* called with more samples, it will split them.
*/
int max_samples;
/**
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
*/
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
/**
* Number of past samples sent through the link.
*/
int64_t sample_count_in, sample_count_out;
/**
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
*/
void *frame_pool;
/**
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
*/
int frame_wanted_out;
/**
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
*/
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
/**
* Internal structure members.
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
*/
char reserved[0xF000];
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
/**
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
*/
FFFrameQueue fifo;
/**
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
* the same link.
*/
int frame_blocked_in;
/**
* Link input status.
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
* corresponding code.
*/
int status_in;
/**
* Timestamp of the input status change.
*/
int64_t status_in_pts;
/**
* Link output status.
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
* corresponding code.
*/
int status_out;
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
};
/**
@@ -733,18 +623,19 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
AVFilterContext *dst, unsigned dstpad);
#if FF_API_LINK_PUBLIC
/**
* Free the link in *link, and set its pointer to NULL.
* @deprecated this function should never be called by users
*/
attribute_deprecated
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
/**
* Negotiate the media format, dimensions, etc of all inputs to a filter.
*
* @param filter the filter to negotiate the properties for its inputs
* @return zero on successful negotiation
* @deprecated this function should never be called by users
*/
attribute_deprecated
int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
#endif
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_ONE 1 ///< Stop once a filter understood the command (for target=all for example), fast filters are favored automatically
#define AVFILTER_CMD_FLAG_FAST 2 ///< Only execute command when its fast (like a video out that supports contrast adjustment in hw)
@@ -837,8 +728,6 @@ int avfilter_insert_filter(AVFilterLink *link, AVFilterContext *filt,
*/
const AVClass *avfilter_get_class(void);
typedef struct AVFilterGraphInternal AVFilterGraphInternal;
/**
* A function pointer passed to the @ref AVFilterGraph.execute callback to be
* executed multiple times, possibly in parallel.
@@ -896,11 +785,6 @@ typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
*/
int nb_threads;
/**
* Opaque object for libavfilter internal use.
*/
AVFilterGraphInternal *internal;
/**
* Opaque user data. May be set by the caller to an arbitrary value, e.g. to
* be used from callbacks like @ref AVFilterGraph.execute.
@@ -923,18 +807,6 @@ typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
avfilter_execute_func *execute;
char *aresample_swr_opts; ///< swr options to use for the auto-inserted aresample filters, Access ONLY through AVOptions
/**
* Private fields
*
* The following fields are for internal use only.
* Their type, offset, number and semantic can change without notice.
*/
AVFilterLink **sink_links;
int sink_links_count;
unsigned disable_auto_convert;
} AVFilterGraph;
/**
@@ -1124,6 +996,317 @@ int avfilter_graph_parse2(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *filters,
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
/**
* Parameters of a filter's input or output pad.
*
* Created as a child of AVFilterParams by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
* Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
*/
typedef struct AVFilterPadParams {
/**
* An av_malloc()'ed string containing the pad label.
*
* May be av_free()'d and set to NULL by the caller, in which case this pad
* will be treated as unlabeled for linking.
* May also be replaced by another av_malloc()'ed string.
*/
char *label;
} AVFilterPadParams;
/**
* Parameters describing a filter to be created in a filtergraph.
*
* Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
* Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
*/
typedef struct AVFilterParams {
/**
* The filter context.
*
* Created by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() based on
* AVFilterParams.filter_name and instance_name.
*
* Callers may also create the filter context manually, then they should
* av_free() filter_name and set it to NULL. Such AVFilterParams instances
* are then skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters().
*/
AVFilterContext *filter;
/**
* Name of the AVFilter to be used.
*
* An av_malloc()'ed string, set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Will be
* passed to avfilter_get_by_name() by
* avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters().
*
* Callers may av_free() this string and replace it with another one or
* NULL. If the caller creates the filter instance manually, this string
* MUST be set to NULL.
*
* When both AVFilterParams.filter an AVFilterParams.filter_name are NULL,
* this AVFilterParams instance is skipped by avfilter_graph_segment_*()
* functions.
*/
char *filter_name;
/**
* Name to be used for this filter instance.
*
* An av_malloc()'ed string, may be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse() or
* left NULL. The caller may av_free() this string and replace with another
* one or NULL.
*
* Will be used by avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters() - passed as the
* third argument to avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(), then freed and set to
* NULL.
*/
char *instance_name;
/**
* Options to be apllied to the filter.
*
* Filled by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Afterwards may be freely
* modified by the caller.
*
* Will be applied to the filter by avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts()
* with an equivalent of av_opt_set_dict2(filter, &opts, AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN),
* i.e. any unapplied options will be left in this dictionary.
*/
AVDictionary *opts;
AVFilterPadParams **inputs;
unsigned nb_inputs;
AVFilterPadParams **outputs;
unsigned nb_outputs;
} AVFilterParams;
/**
* A filterchain is a list of filter specifications.
*
* Created as a child of AVFilterGraphSegment by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
* Freed in avfilter_graph_segment_free().
*/
typedef struct AVFilterChain {
AVFilterParams **filters;
size_t nb_filters;
} AVFilterChain;
/**
* A parsed representation of a filtergraph segment.
*
* A filtergraph segment is conceptually a list of filterchains, with some
* supplementary information (e.g. format conversion flags).
*
* Created by avfilter_graph_segment_parse(). Must be freed with
* avfilter_graph_segment_free().
*/
typedef struct AVFilterGraphSegment {
/**
* The filtergraph this segment is associated with.
* Set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
*/
AVFilterGraph *graph;
/**
* A list of filter chain contained in this segment.
* Set in avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
*/
AVFilterChain **chains;
size_t nb_chains;
/**
* A string containing a colon-separated list of key=value options applied
* to all scale filters in this segment.
*
* May be set by avfilter_graph_segment_parse().
* The caller may free this string with av_free() and replace it with a
* different av_malloc()'ed string.
*/
char *scale_sws_opts;
} AVFilterGraphSegment;
/**
* Parse a textual filtergraph description into an intermediate form.
*
* This intermediate representation is intended to be modified by the caller as
* described in the documentation of AVFilterGraphSegment and its children, and
* then applied to the graph either manually or with other
* avfilter_graph_segment_*() functions. See the documentation for
* avfilter_graph_segment_apply() for the canonical way to apply
* AVFilterGraphSegment.
*
* @param graph Filter graph the parsed segment is associated with. Will only be
* used for logging and similar auxiliary purposes. The graph will
* not be actually modified by this function - the parsing results
* are instead stored in seg for further processing.
* @param graph_str a string describing the filtergraph segment
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
* @param seg A pointer to the newly-created AVFilterGraphSegment is written
* here on success. The graph segment is owned by the caller and must
* be freed with avfilter_graph_segment_free() before graph itself is
* freed.
*
* @retval "non-negative number" success
* @retval "negative error code" failure
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_parse(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *graph_str,
int flags, AVFilterGraphSegment **seg);
/**
* Create filters specified in a graph segment.
*
* Walk through the creation-pending AVFilterParams in the segment and create
* new filter instances for them.
* Creation-pending params are those where AVFilterParams.filter_name is
* non-NULL (and hence AVFilterParams.filter is NULL). All other AVFilterParams
* instances are ignored.
*
* For any filter created by this function, the corresponding
* AVFilterParams.filter is set to the newly-created filter context,
* AVFilterParams.filter_name and AVFilterParams.instance_name are freed and set
* to NULL.
*
* @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
*
* @retval "non-negative number" Success, all creation-pending filters were
* successfully created
* @retval AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND some filter's name did not correspond to a
* known filter
* @retval "another negative error code" other failures
*
* @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
/**
* Apply parsed options to filter instances in a graph segment.
*
* Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment that have option
* dictionaries associated with them and apply those options with
* av_opt_set_dict2(..., AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN). AVFilterParams.opts is
* replaced by the dictionary output by av_opt_set_dict2(), which should be
* empty (NULL) if all options were successfully applied.
*
* If any options could not be found, this function will continue processing all
* other filters and finally return AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND (unless another
* error happens). The calling program may then deal with unapplied options as
* it wishes.
*
* Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters())
* present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with
* no associated filter context are simply skipped.
*
* @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
*
* @retval "non-negative number" Success, all options were successfully applied.
* @retval AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND some options were not found in a filter
* @retval "another negative error code" other failures
*
* @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
/**
* Initialize all filter instances in a graph segment.
*
* Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and call
* avfilter_init_dict(..., NULL) on those that have not been initialized yet.
*
* Any creation-pending filters (see avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters())
* present in the segment will cause this function to fail. AVFilterParams with
* no associated filter context or whose filter context is already initialized,
* are simply skipped.
*
* @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
*
* @retval "non-negative number" Success, all filter instances were successfully
* initialized
* @retval "negative error code" failure
*
* @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_init(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags);
/**
* Link filters in a graph segment.
*
* Walk through all filter instances in the graph segment and try to link all
* unlinked input and output pads. Any creation-pending filters (see
* avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters()) present in the segment will cause
* this function to fail. Disabled filters and already linked pads are skipped.
*
* Every filter output pad that has a corresponding AVFilterPadParams with a
* non-NULL label is
* - linked to the input with the matching label, if one exists;
* - exported in the outputs linked list otherwise, with the label preserved.
* Unlabeled outputs are
* - linked to the first unlinked unlabeled input in the next non-disabled
* filter in the chain, if one exists
* - exported in the ouputs linked list otherwise, with NULL label
*
* Similarly, unlinked input pads are exported in the inputs linked list.
*
* @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
* @param[out] inputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) inputs of the
* filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It
* is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
* @param[out] outputs a linked list of all free (unlinked) outputs of the
* filters in this graph segment will be returned here. It
* is to be freed by the caller using avfilter_inout_free().
*
* @retval "non-negative number" success
* @retval "negative error code" failure
*
* @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_link(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags,
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
/**
* Apply all filter/link descriptions from a graph segment to the associated filtergraph.
*
* This functions is currently equivalent to calling the following in sequence:
* - avfilter_graph_segment_create_filters();
* - avfilter_graph_segment_apply_opts();
* - avfilter_graph_segment_init();
* - avfilter_graph_segment_link();
* failing if any of them fails. This list may be extended in the future.
*
* Since the above functions are idempotent, the caller may call some of them
* manually, then do some custom processing on the filtergraph, then call this
* function to do the rest.
*
* @param seg the filtergraph segment to process
* @param flags reserved for future use, caller must set to 0 for now
* @param[out] inputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link()
* @param[out] outputs passed to avfilter_graph_segment_link()
*
* @retval "non-negative number" success
* @retval "negative error code" failure
*
* @note Calling this function multiple times is safe, as it is idempotent.
*/
int avfilter_graph_segment_apply(AVFilterGraphSegment *seg, int flags,
AVFilterInOut **inputs,
AVFilterInOut **outputs);
/**
* Free the provided AVFilterGraphSegment and everything associated with it.
*
* @param seg double pointer to the AVFilterGraphSegment to be freed. NULL will
* be written to this pointer on exit from this function.
*
* @note
* The filter contexts (AVFilterParams.filter) are owned by AVFilterGraph rather
* than AVFilterGraphSegment, so they are not freed.
*/
void avfilter_graph_segment_free(AVFilterGraphSegment **seg);
/**
* Send a command to one or more filter instances.
*

44
include/libavfilter/buffersink.h
View File

@@ -55,6 +55,8 @@
* The format can be constrained by setting options, using av_opt_set() and
* related functions with the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag.
* - pix_fmts (int list),
* - color_spaces (int list),
* - color_ranges (int list),
* - sample_fmts (int list),
* - sample_rates (int list),
* - ch_layouts (string),
@@ -94,42 +96,6 @@ int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flag
*/
#define AV_BUFFERSINK_FLAG_NO_REQUEST 2
#if FF_API_BUFFERSINK_ALLOC
/**
* Deprecated and unused struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
*/
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
} AVBufferSinkParams;
/**
* Create an AVBufferSinkParams structure.
*
* Must be freed with av_free().
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
/**
* Deprecated and unused struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
*/
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
int all_channel_counts; ///< if not 0, accept any channel count or layout
int *sample_rates; ///< list of allowed sample rates, terminated by -1
} AVABufferSinkParams;
/**
* Create an AVABufferSinkParams structure.
*
* Must be freed with av_free().
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
#endif
/**
* Set the frame size for an audio buffer sink.
*
@@ -153,12 +119,10 @@ AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *c
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
enum AVColorSpace av_buffersink_get_colorspace (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
enum AVColorRange av_buffersink_get_color_range (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
#endif
int av_buffersink_get_ch_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx,
AVChannelLayout *ch_layout);
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);

15
include/libavfilter/buffersrc.h
View File

@@ -110,19 +110,16 @@ typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
*/
int sample_rate;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
* @deprecated use ch_layout
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
/**
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
/**
* Video only, the YUV colorspace and range.
*/
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
enum AVColorRange color_range;
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
/**

2
include/libavfilter/version.h
View File

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 44
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 4
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100

6
include/libavfilter/version_major.h
View File

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
* Libavfilter version macros
*/
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 8
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 10
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
@@ -35,8 +35,6 @@
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
*/
#define FF_API_SWS_PARAM_OPTION (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
#define FF_API_BUFFERSINK_ALLOC (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
#define FF_API_PAD_COUNT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 9)
#define FF_API_LINK_PUBLIC (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 11)
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR_H */

1080
include/libavformat/avformat.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

23
include/libavformat/avio.h
View File

@@ -101,9 +101,7 @@ typedef struct AVIODirEntry {
int64_t filemode; /**< Unix file mode, -1 if unknown. */
} AVIODirEntry;
typedef struct AVIODirContext {
struct URLContext *url_context;
} AVIODirContext;
typedef struct AVIODirContext AVIODirContext;
/**
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
@@ -234,7 +232,7 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
void *opaque; /**< A private pointer, passed to the read/write/seek/...
functions. */
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
@@ -282,7 +280,7 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
/**
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
*/
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
/**
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
@@ -291,16 +289,6 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
*/
int ignore_boundary_point;
#if FF_API_AVIOCONTEXT_WRITTEN
/**
* @deprecated field utilized privately by libavformat. For a public
* statistic of how many bytes were written out, see
* AVIOContext::bytes_written.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t written;
#endif
/**
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
@@ -413,7 +401,7 @@ AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
int write_flag,
void *opaque,
int (*read_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, const uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
/**
@@ -464,6 +452,7 @@ int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
*
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
*
* @param s the AVIOContext
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
* applicable
@@ -536,7 +525,7 @@ int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
* Usually you don't need to use this function directly but its macro wrapper,
* avio_print.
*/
void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char *strings[]);
void avio_print_string_array(AVIOContext *s, const char * const strings[]);
/**
* Write strings (const char *) to the context.

2
include/libavformat/version.h
View File

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#include "version_major.h"
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 27
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 7
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \

13
include/libavformat/version_major.h
View File

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 59
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 61
/**
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
@@ -41,12 +41,13 @@
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
*
*/
#define FF_API_LAVF_PRIV_OPT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AVIOCONTEXT_WRITTEN (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_HLS_TS_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 60)
#define FF_API_AVSTREAM_CLASS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR > 59)
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_LAVF_SHORTEST (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_ALLOW_FLUSH (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_AVSTREAM_SIDE_DATA (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_GET_DUR_ESTIMATE_METHOD (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_INTERNAL_TIMING (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 62)
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1

7
include/libavutil/aes.h
View File

@@ -42,6 +42,9 @@ struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAES context.
*
* @param a The AVAES context
* @param key Pointer to the key
* @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
@@ -49,9 +52,11 @@ int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
*
* @param a The AVAES context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/

12
include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
View File

@@ -22,6 +22,12 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
/**
* @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
* @{
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
@@ -38,17 +44,23 @@ struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
/**
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
*/
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
/**
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context
*/
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
/**
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
*
* @param a The AVAESCTR context
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param size the size of src and dst

72
include/libavutil/ambient_viewing_environment.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2023 Jan Ekström <jeebjp@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
#define AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* Ambient viewing environment metadata as defined by H.274. The values are
* saved in AVRationals so that they keep their exactness, while allowing for
* easy access to a double value with f.ex. av_q2d.
*
* @note sizeof(AVAmbientViewingEnvironment) is not part of the public ABI, and
* it must be allocated using av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc.
*/
typedef struct AVAmbientViewingEnvironment {
/**
* Environmental illuminance of the ambient viewing environment in lux.
*/
AVRational ambient_illuminance;
/**
* Normalized x chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
* in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
* of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
*/
AVRational ambient_light_x;
/**
* Normalized y chromaticity coordinate of the environmental ambient light
* in the nominal viewing environment according to the CIE 1931 definition
* of x and y as specified in ISO/CIE 11664-1.
*/
AVRational ambient_light_y;
} AVAmbientViewingEnvironment;
/**
* Allocate an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
*/
AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_alloc(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate and add an AVAmbientViewingEnvironment structure to an existing
* AVFrame as side data.
*
* @return the newly allocated struct, or NULL on failure
*/
AVAmbientViewingEnvironment *av_ambient_viewing_environment_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT_H */

34
include/libavutil/attributes_internal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H
#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H
#include "attributes.h"
#if (AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,0) || defined(__clang__)) && (defined(__ELF__) || defined(__MACH__))
# define attribute_visibility_hidden __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))
# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility push(hidden)")
# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN _Pragma("GCC visibility pop")
#else
# define attribute_visibility_hidden
# define FF_VISIBILITY_PUSH_HIDDEN
# define FF_VISIBILITY_POP_HIDDEN
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_INTERNAL_H */

9
include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
View File

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
* code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
* actually written will always be nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
int av_audio_fifo_peek(const AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
@@ -124,7 +124,8 @@ int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(const AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data,
int nb_samples, int offset);
/**
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offs
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
*/
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void * const *data, int nb_samples);
/**
* Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.

3
include/libavutil/avassert.h
View File

@@ -28,6 +28,9 @@
#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
#endif
#include "log.h"
#include "macros.h"

13
include/libavutil/avstring.h
View File

@@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_string
@@ -135,6 +134,7 @@ size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_forma
/**
* Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
*
* @param s the string whose length to count
* @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
* is the maximum value which is returned by the function
*/
@@ -156,15 +156,6 @@ static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
*/
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
#if FF_API_D2STR
/**
* Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
* @deprecated use av_asprintf() with "%f" or a more specific format
*/
attribute_deprecated
char *av_d2str(double d);
#endif
/**
* Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
* and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
@@ -273,7 +264,7 @@ int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
/**
* Locale-independent strings replace.
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replaced.
*/
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);

19
include/libavutil/avutil.h
View File

@@ -257,7 +257,12 @@ const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
* Internal time base represented as fractional value
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
/* ISO C++ forbids compound-literals. */
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q av_make_q(1, AV_TIME_BASE)
#else
#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
#endif
/**
* @}
@@ -294,7 +299,6 @@ char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
*/
#include "common.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "rational.h"
#include "version.h"
#include "macros.h"
@@ -331,19 +335,6 @@ unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
/**
* Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
* The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
* errno.
* @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this
* function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller
* who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API.
*/
attribute_deprecated
FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
#endif
/**
* Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
*/

93
include/libavutil/bprint.h
View File

@@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_avbprint
* AVBPrint public header
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
@@ -26,6 +32,14 @@
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avstring.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* A buffer to print data progressively
* @{
*/
/**
* Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
* This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
@@ -48,14 +62,14 @@ typedef struct name { \
* Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
* memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
* after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
* declaring a local "char buf[512]".
* declaring a local `char buf[512]`.
*
* The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
* then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
* length.
*
* In other words, buf->len can be greater than buf->size and records the
* total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records
* the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
* enough memory.
*
* Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
@@ -63,20 +77,17 @@ typedef struct name { \
* is still updated. This situation can be tested with
* av_bprint_is_complete().
*
* The size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
*
* size_max = -1 (= UINT_MAX) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*
* size_max = 0 prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using size_init = size_max = len + 1).
*
* size_max = 1 is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
* The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
* - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be
* reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
* - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
* length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
* a buffer with exactly the necessary size
* (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`).
* - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
* structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
* internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
* such as the current paragraph.
*/
FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
@@ -88,12 +99,31 @@ FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
)
/**
* @name Max size special values
* Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
* parameter.
* @{
*/
/**
* Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED ((unsigned)-1)
/**
* Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself.
*
* Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large
* enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph.
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC 1
/**
* Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length.
*
* The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with
* exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`).
*/
#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
/** @} */
/**
* Init a print buffer.
@@ -101,12 +131,12 @@ FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
* @param buf buffer to init
* @param size_init initial size (including the final 0)
* @param size_max maximum size;
* 0 means do not write anything, just count the length;
* 1 is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage;
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
* reallocated as needed up to that limit; -1 is converted to
* UINT_MAX, the largest limit possible.
* Check also AV_BPRINT_SIZE_* macros.
* - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length
* - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage
* any large value means that the internal buffer will be
* reallocated as needed up to that limit
* - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible.
* Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros.
*/
void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
@@ -114,6 +144,9 @@ void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
* Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
*
* The buffer will not be reallocated.
* In case size equals zero, the AVBPrint will be initialized to use
* the internal buffer as if using AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY with
* av_bprint_init().
*
* @param buf buffer structure to init
* @param buffer byte buffer to use for the string data
@@ -139,9 +172,9 @@ void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
/**
* Append data to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param data pointer to data
* param size size of data
* @param buf bprint buffer to use
* @param data pointer to data
* @param size size of data
*/
void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
@@ -149,9 +182,9 @@ struct tm;
/**
* Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
*
* param buf bprint buffer to use
* param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
* param tm broken-down time structure to translate
* @param buf bprint buffer to use
* @param fmt date and time format string, see strftime()
* @param tm broken-down time structure to translate
*
* @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
* produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
@@ -216,4 +249,6 @@ int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
/** @} */
#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */

10
include/libavutil/bswap.h
View File

@@ -34,14 +34,10 @@
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_AARCH64
# include "aarch64/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_ARM
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_SH4
# include "sh4/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_RISCV
# include "riscv/bswap.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/bswap.h"
#endif

2
include/libavutil/camellia.h
View File

@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
* @param count number of 16 byte blocks
* @paran iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
*/
void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);

308
include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
View File

@@ -30,11 +30,17 @@
/**
* @file
* audio channel layout utility functions
* @ingroup lavu_audio_channels
* Public libavutil channel layout APIs header.
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_audio
* @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels
* @ingroup lavu_audio
*
* Audio channel layout utility functions
*
* @{
*/
@@ -73,6 +79,10 @@ enum AVChannel {
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT, ///< +90 degrees, Lss, SiL
AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT, ///< -90 degrees, Rss, SiR
AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT, ///< +110 degrees, Lvs, TpLS
AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT, ///< -110 degrees, Rvs, TpRS
/** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
@@ -84,9 +94,9 @@ enum AVChannel {
* Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
*
* Given a channel id <i> between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel <n> is
* <n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
* Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
* AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is
* `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`.
*
* @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
* orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
@@ -113,7 +123,7 @@ enum AVChannelOrder {
/**
* The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
* is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
* layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
* layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_UNUSED)
* channels at arbitrary positions.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
@@ -140,6 +150,10 @@ enum AVChannelOrder {
* as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
*/
AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
/**
* Number of channel orders, not part of ABI/API
*/
FF_CHANNEL_ORDER_NB
};
@@ -185,16 +199,10 @@ enum AVChannelOrder {
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT )
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
to be the native codec channel order.
@deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
AVChannelLayout
*/
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL
#endif
#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_SURROUND_RIGHT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_LEFT )
#define AV_CH_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SURROUND_RIGHT )
/**
* @}
@@ -218,6 +226,7 @@ enum AVChannelOrder {
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
@@ -226,10 +235,19 @@ enum AVChannelOrder {
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK
enum AVMatrixEncoding {
AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
@@ -266,8 +284,11 @@ typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
* A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
* way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
* AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
* All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by
* ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check()
* considers they are valid.
*
* Unlike most structures in Libav, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
* Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
* public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
* or embedded in caller-defined structs.
*
@@ -347,9 +368,21 @@ typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
void *opaque;
} AVChannelLayout;
/**
* Macro to define native channel layouts
*
* @note This doesn't use designated initializers for compatibility with C++ 17 and older.
*/
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
{ /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, \
/* .nb_channels */ (nb), \
/* .u.mask */ { m }, \
/* .opaque */ NULL }
/**
* @name Common pre-defined channel layouts
* @{
*/
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1, AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3, AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
@@ -366,6 +399,7 @@ typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1POINT2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7, AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
@@ -375,150 +409,36 @@ typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8, AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT4_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(10, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1POINT4_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(12, AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT2POINT3)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(14, AV_CH_LAYOUT_9POINT1POINT4_BACK)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2, AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2 AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1POINT2_BACK
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
{ .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
{ /* .order */ AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, \
/* .nb_channels */ 4, \
/* .u.mask */ { 0 }, \
/* .opaque */ NULL }
/** @} */
struct AVBPrint;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
*
* name can be one or several of the following notations,
* separated by '+' or '|':
* - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
* AV_CH_* macros).
*
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
/**
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
*
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
* unknown channel layout specifications.
*
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
/**
* Return a description of a channel layout.
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
*
* @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
* @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
/**
* Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
/**
* Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
*
* @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
* present in channel_layout.
*
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
* on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
/**
* Get the name of a given channel.
*
* @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
*
* @deprecated use av_channel_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the description of a given channel.
*
* @param channel a channel layout with a single channel
* @return channel description on success, NULL on error
* @deprecated use av_channel_description()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
/**
* Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
*
* @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0
* @param[out] layout channel layout mask
* @param[out] name name of the layout
* @return 0 if the layout exists,
* <0 if index is beyond the limits
* @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
const char **name);
#endif
/**
* Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
* This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
@@ -537,6 +457,7 @@ void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
*
* @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
* @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
* @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get
* @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
* on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
* string was truncated.
@@ -558,6 +479,23 @@ void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_i
*/
enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
/**
* Initialize a custom channel layout with the specified number of channels.
* The channel map will be allocated and the designation of all channels will
* be set to AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN.
*
* This is only a convenience helper function, a custom channel layout can also
* be constructed without using this.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param nb_channels the number of channels
*
* @return 0 on success
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if the number of channels <= 0
* AVERROR(ENOMEM) if the channel map could not be allocated
*/
int av_channel_layout_custom_init(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, int nb_channels);
/**
* Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
* are present.
@@ -582,10 +520,14 @@ int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
* - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
* - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
* "ambisonic 2+stereo")
* On error, the channel layout will remain uninitialized, but not necessarily
* untouched.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param channel_layout uninitialized channel layout for the result
* @param str string describing the channel layout
* @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
* @return 0 on success parsing the channel layout
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if an invalid channel layout string was provided
* AVERROR(ENOMEM) if there was not enough memory
*/
int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
const char *str);
@@ -593,7 +535,7 @@ int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
/**
* Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
*
* @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized
* @param nb_channels number of channels
*/
void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
@@ -658,6 +600,7 @@ int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
* Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param idx index of the channel
* @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
* AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
* unspecified)
@@ -670,6 +613,7 @@ av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsi
* channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param channel the channel whose index to obtain
* @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
* channel is not present in channel_layout.
*/
@@ -684,6 +628,7 @@ int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain
* @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
* value.
*/
@@ -697,6 +642,7 @@ int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
* @ref av_channel_from_string().
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @param name string describing the channel to obtain
* @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
* or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
* order is unspecified)
@@ -742,7 +688,63 @@ int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
/**
* @}
* Return the order if the layout is n-th order standard-order ambisonic.
* The presence of optional extra non-diegetic channels at the end is not taken
* into account.
*
* @param channel_layout input channel layout
* @return the order of the layout, a negative error code otherwise.
*/
int av_channel_layout_ambisonic_order(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
/**
* The conversion must be lossless.
*/
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS (1 << 0)
/**
* The specified retype target order is ignored and the simplest possible
* (canonical) order is used for which the input layout can be losslessy
* represented.
*/
#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_CANONICAL (1 << 1)
/**
* Change the AVChannelOrder of a channel layout.
*
* Change of AVChannelOrder can be either lossless or lossy. In case of a
* lossless conversion all the channel designations and the associated channel
* names (if any) are kept. On a lossy conversion the channel names and channel
* designations might be lost depending on the capabilities of the desired
* AVChannelOrder. Note that some conversions are simply not possible in which
* case this function returns AVERROR(ENOSYS).
*
* The following conversions are supported:
*
* Any -> Custom : Always possible, always lossless.
* Any -> Unspecified: Always possible, lossless if channel designations
* are all unknown and channel names are not used, lossy otherwise.
* Custom -> Ambisonic : Possible if it contains ambisonic channels with
* optional non-diegetic channels in the end. Lossy if the channels have
* custom names, lossless otherwise.
* Custom -> Native : Possible if it contains native channels in native
* order. Lossy if the channels have custom names, lossless otherwise.
*
* On error this function keeps the original channel layout untouched.
*
* @param channel_layout channel layout which will be changed
* @param order the desired channel layout order
* @param flags a combination of AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_* constants
* @return 0 if the conversion was successful and lossless or if the channel
* layout was already in the desired order
* >0 if the conversion was successful but lossy
* AVERROR(ENOSYS) if the conversion was not possible (or would be
* lossy and AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_RETYPE_FLAG_LOSSLESS was specified)
* AVERROR(EINVAL), AVERROR(ENOMEM) on error
*/
int av_channel_layout_retype(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, enum AVChannelOrder order, int flags);
/**
* @}
*/

57
include/libavutil/common.h
View File

@@ -40,7 +40,17 @@
#include <string.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "macros.h"
#include "version.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
# include "internal.h"
#else
# include "mem.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
//rounded division & shift
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
@@ -83,11 +93,6 @@
/* misc math functions */
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "config.h"
# include "intmath.h"
#endif
#ifndef av_ceil_log2
# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
#endif
@@ -118,9 +123,6 @@
#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
#ifndef av_sat_add32
# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
#endif
@@ -145,6 +147,9 @@
#ifndef av_clipd
# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
#endif
#ifndef av_zero_extend
# define av_zero_extend av_zero_extend_c
#endif
#ifndef av_popcount
# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
#endif
@@ -248,8 +253,8 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
{
if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else return (int32_t)a;
if ((a+UINT64_C(0x80000000)) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
else return (int32_t)a;
}
/**
@@ -260,7 +265,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
if (((unsigned)a + (1U << p)) & ~((2U << p) - 1))
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
else
return a;
@@ -274,21 +279,35 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
{
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
else return a;
if (a & ~((1U<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1U<<p) - 1);
else return a;
}
/**
* Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
* @param a value to clip
* @param p bit position to clip at
* @param p bit position to clip at. Must be between 0 and 31.
* @return clipped value
*/
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_zero_extend_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
{
#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
if (p > 31) abort();
#endif
return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
}
#if FF_API_MOD_UINTP2
#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c
#endif
attribute_deprecated
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
{
return av_zero_extend_c(a, p);
}
#endif
/**
* Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
*
@@ -567,12 +586,4 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
}\
}\
#include "mem.h"
#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
# include "internal.h"
#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */

21
include/libavutil/cpu.h
View File

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include "version.h"
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
@@ -69,6 +70,8 @@
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_DOTPROD (1 << 8)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_I8MM (1 << 9)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0)
@@ -78,6 +81,24 @@
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1)
// RISC-V extensions
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank)
#if FF_API_RISCV_FD_ZBA
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP)
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP)
#endif
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32 (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32 (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64 (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64 (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations
#if FF_API_RISCV_FD_ZBA
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_ADDR (1 << 8) ///< Address bit-manipulations
#endif
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RV_ZVBB (1 << 9) ///< Vector basic bit-manipulations
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RV_MISALIGNED (1 <<10) ///< Fast misaligned accesses
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB (1 <<11) ///< B (bit manipulations)
/**
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used

3
include/libavutil/crc.h
View File

@@ -84,7 +84,10 @@ const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
/**
* Calculate the CRC of a block.
* @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init())
* @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
* @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate
* @param length length of the buffer
* @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
*
* @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter

46
include/libavutil/csp.h
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Wheatley <kevin.j.wheatley@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* Copyright (c) 2023 Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -24,9 +27,15 @@
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @file Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
* @file
* Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
* @ingroup lavu_math_csp
* @author Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
* @author Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
* @author Kevin Wheatley <kevin.j.wheatley@gmail.com>
*/
/**
* @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
* @ingroup lavu_math
* @{
@@ -71,6 +80,12 @@ typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
/**
* Function pointer representing a double -> double transfer function that performs
* an EOTF transfer inversion. This function outputs linear light.
*/
typedef double (*av_csp_trc_function)(double);
/**
* Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
* from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
@@ -99,6 +114,35 @@ const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries
*/
enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
/**
* Determine a suitable 'gamma' value to match the supplied
* AVColorTransferCharacteristic.
*
* See Apple Technical Note TN2257 (https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/technotes/tn2257/_index.html)
*
* This function returns the gamma exponent for the OETF. For example, sRGB is approximated
* by gamma 2.2, not by gamma 0.45455.
*
* @return Will return an approximation to the simple gamma function matching
* the supplied Transfer Characteristic, Will return 0.0 for any
* we cannot reasonably match against.
*/
double av_csp_approximate_trc_gamma(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* Determine the function needed to apply the given
* AVColorTransferCharacteristic to linear input.
*
* The function returned should expect a nominal domain and range of [0.0-1.0]
* values outside of this range maybe valid depending on the chosen
* characteristic function.
*
* @return Will return pointer to the function matching the
* supplied Transfer Characteristic. If unspecified will
* return NULL:
*/
av_csp_trc_function av_csp_trc_func_from_id(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* @}
*/

8
include/libavutil/des.h
View File

@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
/**
* @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
*
* @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize
* @param key pointer to the key to use
* @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
* @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
@@ -52,9 +54,10 @@ int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
/**
* @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
* must be 8-byte aligned
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
@@ -64,9 +67,10 @@ void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count,
/**
* @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
*
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
* @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
*/
void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);

1
include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h
View File

@@ -93,6 +93,7 @@ av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
* AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
* Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
*
* @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate
* @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
* written here.
*/

125
include/libavutil/dict.h
View File

@@ -39,13 +39,15 @@
* @brief Simple key:value store
*
* @{
* Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
* an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
* av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
* a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
* entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
* and all its contents.
* Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs.
*
* - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL
* pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary
* wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
* - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set().
* - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**.
* - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate().
* - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free().
*
@code
AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
@@ -57,13 +59,18 @@
char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) {
<....> // iterate over all entries in d
}
av_dict_free(&d);
@endcode
*/
/**
* @name AVDictionary Flags
* Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary.
* @{
*/
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
@@ -71,10 +78,13 @@
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
/**
* @}
*/
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
char *key;
@@ -89,18 +99,44 @@ typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
* The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
* cause undefined behavior.
*
* To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key
* to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag.
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key Matching key
* @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the
* entry is retrieved
*
* @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
* If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
* @param key matching key
* @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is retrieved
* @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
* @return Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
*/
AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
/**
* Iterate over a dictionary
*
* Iterates through all entries in the dictionary.
*
* @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed.
*
* @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned
* by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict.
*
* Typical usage:
* @code
* const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL;
* while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) {
* // ...
* }
* @endcode
*
* @param m The dictionary to iterate over
* @param prev Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially
*
* @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary
* @retval NULL No more elements in the dictionary
*/
const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m,
const AVDictionaryEntry *prev);
/**
* Get number of entries in dictionary.
*
@@ -115,23 +151,24 @@ int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
* these arguments will be freed on error.
*
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
* @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
* previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate().
*
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
* @param pm Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
* @param key Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
* @param value Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
*
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
*/
int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
/**
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string
* Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string
* and stores it.
*
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
* Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
*/
int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
@@ -141,14 +178,15 @@ int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags
* In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
* *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
*
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* @param key_val_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* @param pairs_sep A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
* AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* @param flags Flags to use when adding to the dictionary.
* ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
* are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
* be duplicated.
*
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
*/
int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
@@ -157,11 +195,14 @@ int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
/**
* Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
* @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
* @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
* @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
*
* @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
*
* @param dst Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL,
* this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
* @param src Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from.
* @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst
*
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
* by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
*/
@@ -180,13 +221,15 @@ void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
* Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
* @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
*
* @param[in] m dictionary
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*
* @param[in] m The dictionary
* @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
* Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
* @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each other
* @param[in] key_val_sep Character used to separate key from value
* @param[in] pairs_sep Character used to separate two pairs from each other
*
* @return >= 0 on success, negative on error
* @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
*/
int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);

20
include/libavutil/display.h
View File

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@
/**
* @file
* @ingroup lavu_video_display
* Display matrix
*/
@@ -29,15 +30,9 @@
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video
* @{
*
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_video_display
* @ingroup lavu_video
*
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
@@ -71,6 +66,8 @@
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
* z = u * p + v * q + w
* @endcode
*
* @{
*/
/**
@@ -90,8 +87,8 @@ double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
* Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
* rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
* by this function)
* @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
* by this function)
* @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
*/
void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
@@ -99,14 +96,13 @@ void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
/**
* Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
*
* @param matrix an allocated transformation matrix
* @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix
* @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
* @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
*/
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/

160
include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h
View File

@@ -29,7 +29,9 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "rational.h"
#include "csp.h"
/*
* DOVI configuration
@@ -44,6 +46,7 @@
* uint8_t el_present_flag
* uint8_t bl_present_flag
* uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
* uint8_t dv_md_compression, the compression method in use
* @endcode
*
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
@@ -58,8 +61,16 @@ typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
uint8_t el_present_flag;
uint8_t bl_present_flag;
uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
uint8_t dv_md_compression;
} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
enum AVDOVICompression {
AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_NONE = 0,
AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_LIMITED = 1,
AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_RESERVED = 2,
AV_DOVI_COMPRESSION_EXTENDED = 3,
};
/**
* Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.
@@ -89,6 +100,8 @@ typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
uint8_t ext_mapping_idc_0_4; /* extended base layer inverse mapping indicator */
uint8_t ext_mapping_idc_5_7; /* reserved */
} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
@@ -147,6 +160,7 @@ typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
uint32_t num_x_partitions;
uint32_t num_y_partitions;
AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
uint16_t nlq_pivots[2];
} AVDOVIDataMapping;
/**
@@ -186,6 +200,132 @@ typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
uint16_t source_diagonal;
} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel1 {
/* Per-frame brightness metadata */
uint16_t min_pq;
uint16_t max_pq;
uint16_t avg_pq;
} AVDOVIDmLevel1;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel2 {
/* Usually derived from level 8 (at different levels) */
uint16_t target_max_pq;
uint16_t trim_slope;
uint16_t trim_offset;
uint16_t trim_power;
uint16_t trim_chroma_weight;
uint16_t trim_saturation_gain;
int16_t ms_weight;
} AVDOVIDmLevel2;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel3 {
uint16_t min_pq_offset;
uint16_t max_pq_offset;
uint16_t avg_pq_offset;
} AVDOVIDmLevel3;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel4 {
uint16_t anchor_pq;
uint16_t anchor_power;
} AVDOVIDmLevel4;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel5 {
/* Active area definition */
uint16_t left_offset;
uint16_t right_offset;
uint16_t top_offset;
uint16_t bottom_offset;
} AVDOVIDmLevel5;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel6 {
/* Static HDR10 metadata */
uint16_t max_luminance;
uint16_t min_luminance;
uint16_t max_cll;
uint16_t max_fall;
} AVDOVIDmLevel6;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel8 {
/* Extended version of level 2 */
uint8_t target_display_index;
uint16_t trim_slope;
uint16_t trim_offset;
uint16_t trim_power;
uint16_t trim_chroma_weight;
uint16_t trim_saturation_gain;
uint16_t ms_weight;
uint16_t target_mid_contrast;
uint16_t clip_trim;
uint8_t saturation_vector_field[6];
uint8_t hue_vector_field[6];
} AVDOVIDmLevel8;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel9 {
/* Source display characteristics */
uint8_t source_primary_index;
AVColorPrimariesDesc source_display_primaries;
} AVDOVIDmLevel9;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel10 {
/* Target display characteristics */
uint8_t target_display_index;
uint16_t target_max_pq;
uint16_t target_min_pq;
uint8_t target_primary_index;
AVColorPrimariesDesc target_display_primaries;
} AVDOVIDmLevel10;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel11 {
uint8_t content_type;
uint8_t whitepoint;
uint8_t reference_mode_flag;
uint8_t sharpness;
uint8_t noise_reduction;
uint8_t mpeg_noise_reduction;
uint8_t frame_rate_conversion;
uint8_t brightness;
uint8_t color;
} AVDOVIDmLevel11;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel254 {
/* DMv2 info block, always present in samples with DMv2 metadata */
uint8_t dm_mode;
uint8_t dm_version_index;
} AVDOVIDmLevel254;
typedef struct AVDOVIDmLevel255 {
/* Debug block, not really used in samples */
uint8_t dm_run_mode;
uint8_t dm_run_version;
uint8_t dm_debug[4];
} AVDOVIDmLevel255;
/**
* Dolby Vision metadata extension block. Dynamic extension blocks may change
* from frame to frame, while static blocks are constant throughout the entire
* sequence.
*
* @note sizeof(AVDOVIDmData) is not part of the public API.
*/
typedef struct AVDOVIDmData {
uint8_t level; /* [1, 255] */
union {
AVDOVIDmLevel1 l1; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel2 l2; /* dynamic, may appear multiple times */
AVDOVIDmLevel3 l3; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel4 l4; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel5 l5; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel6 l6; /* static */
/* level 7 is currently unused */
AVDOVIDmLevel8 l8; /* dynamic, may appear multiple times */
AVDOVIDmLevel9 l9; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel10 l10; /* static, may appear multiple times */
AVDOVIDmLevel11 l11; /* dynamic */
AVDOVIDmLevel254 l254; /* static */
AVDOVIDmLevel255 l255; /* static */
};
} AVDOVIDmData;
/**
* Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
* metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
@@ -202,6 +342,13 @@ typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
size_t header_offset; /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
size_t mapping_offset; /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
size_t color_offset; /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
size_t ext_block_offset; /* offset to start of ext blocks array */
size_t ext_block_size; /* size per element */
int num_ext_blocks; /* number of extension blocks */
/* static limit on num_ext_blocks, derived from bitstream limitations */
#define AV_DOVI_MAX_EXT_BLOCKS 32
} AVDOVIMetadata;
static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
@@ -222,6 +369,19 @@ av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
}
static av_always_inline AVDOVIDmData *
av_dovi_get_ext(const AVDOVIMetadata *data, int index)
{
return (AVDOVIDmData *)((uint8_t *) data + data->ext_block_offset +
data->ext_block_size * index);
}
/**
* Find an extension block with a given level, or NULL. In the case of
* multiple extension blocks, only the first is returned.
*/
AVDOVIDmData *av_dovi_find_level(const AVDOVIMetadata *data, uint8_t level);
/**
* Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
* fields to default values.

1
include/libavutil/error.h
View File

@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@
#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_TOO_MANY_REQUESTS FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','2','9')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')

7
include/libavutil/eval.h
View File

@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
@@ -65,6 +66,7 @@ int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
* @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
* @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
* @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
* @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
* @param log_ctx parent logging context
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code otherwise
@@ -78,6 +80,7 @@ int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
/**
* Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
*
* @param e the AVExpr to evaluate
* @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
* @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
* @return the value of the expression
@@ -87,6 +90,7 @@ double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
/**
* Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
*
* @param e the AVExpr to track variables in
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
* @param size size of array
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
@@ -98,9 +102,10 @@ int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
* Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
* in a parsed expression.
*
* @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in
* @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
* if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
* then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
* then for arg=2 this will use up to 5 entries.
* @param size size of array
* @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
* @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed

67
include/libavutil/executor.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) 2023 Nuo Mi
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H
#define AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H
typedef struct AVExecutor AVExecutor;
typedef struct AVTask AVTask;
struct AVTask {
AVTask *next;
};
typedef struct AVTaskCallbacks {
void *user_data;
int local_context_size;
// return 1 if a's priority > b's priority
int (*priority_higher)(const AVTask *a, const AVTask *b);
// task is ready for run
int (*ready)(const AVTask *t, void *user_data);
// run the task
int (*run)(AVTask *t, void *local_context, void *user_data);
} AVTaskCallbacks;
/**
* Alloc executor
* @param callbacks callback structure for executor
* @param thread_count worker thread number, 0 for run on caller's thread directly
* @return return the executor
*/
AVExecutor* av_executor_alloc(const AVTaskCallbacks *callbacks, int thread_count);
/**
* Free executor
* @param e pointer to executor
*/
void av_executor_free(AVExecutor **e);
/**
* Add task to executor
* @param e pointer to executor
* @param t pointer to task. If NULL, it will wakeup one work thread
*/
void av_executor_execute(AVExecutor *e, AVTask *t);
#endif //AVUTIL_EXECUTOR_H

2
include/libavutil/ffversion.h
View File

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "5.1.2"
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "7.1.1"
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */

230
include/libavutil/fifo.h
View File

@@ -18,17 +18,22 @@
/**
* @file
* a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
* @ingroup lavu_fifo
* A generic FIFO API
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo
* @ingroup lavu_data
*
* @{
* A generic FIFO API
*/
typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo;
@@ -88,7 +93,13 @@ void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems);
size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f);
/**
* @return number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO.
* @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without
* growing it.
*
* In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit
* into the FIFO. More data may be written when the
* AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this
* may involve memory allocation, which can fail.
*/
size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f);
@@ -109,9 +120,12 @@ int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc);
/**
* Write data into a FIFO.
*
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f), nothing is written and an error
* In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag
* was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error
* is returned.
*
* Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f).
*
* @param f the FIFO buffer
* @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be
* read from buf on success.
@@ -182,7 +196,7 @@ int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb,
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
int av_fifo_peek(const AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
* Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
@@ -199,7 +213,7 @@ int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*/
int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(const AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset);
/**
@@ -221,206 +235,8 @@ void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f);
*/
void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f);
#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API
typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
uint8_t *buffer;
uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
uint32_t rndx, wndx;
} AVFifoBuffer;
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param size of FIFO
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
* @}
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
/**
* Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param nmemb number of elements
* @param size size of the single element
* @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
* @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
* @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
/**
* Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
* @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can read from it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
* amount of data you can write into it.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
* @return size
* @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
/**
* Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param offset offset from current read position
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param buf_size number of bytes to read
* @param func generic read function
* @param dest data destination
*
* @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
* @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
* modifiable context by the function defined in func
* @param size number of bytes to write
* @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
* the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
* func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
* indicate no more data available to write.
* If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
* @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL,
* av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
/**
* Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size,
* decreasing FIFO size is not supported
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
/**
* Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
* In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
* The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
* @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
* @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike
* this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size
*/
attribute_deprecated
int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
/**
* Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
* @param size amount of data to read in bytes
*
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2
/**
* Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
* The FIFO buffer is not modified.
*
* @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
* @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
* than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
* point outside to the buffer data.
* The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
* @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb()
*/
attribute_deprecated
static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
{
uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
if (ptr >= f->end)
ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
else if (ptr < f->buffer)
ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
return ptr;
}
#endif
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */

18
include/libavutil/file.h
View File

@@ -38,6 +38,9 @@
* case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
*
* @param filename path to the file
* @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer
* @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
* @param log_ctx context used for logging
* @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
@@ -50,23 +53,10 @@ int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
/**
* Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
*
* @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map()
* @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
* by av_file_map()
*/
void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
/**
* Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
* Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
* *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
* @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code on error)
* and opened file name in **filename.
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
*/
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */

68
include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h
View File

@@ -136,20 +136,42 @@ typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params {
*/
int model_id;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
*/
#if FF_API_H274_FILM_GRAIN_VCS
/**
* TODO: On this ABI bump, please also re-order the fields in
* AVFilmGrainParams (see below)
*/
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
*
* @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.bit_depth_luma.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bit_depth_luma;
/**
* Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components.
*
* @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.bit_depth_chroma.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int bit_depth_chroma;
/**
* Specifies the video signal characteristics.
*
* @deprecated use AVFilmGrainParams.color_{range,primaries,trc,space}.
*/
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorRange color_range;
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
attribute_deprecated
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
#endif
/**
* Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain
@@ -231,11 +253,40 @@ typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams {
* Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included.
* If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another
* codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type.
*
* TODO: Move this to the end of the structure, at the next ABI bump.
*/
union {
AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom;
AVFilmGrainH274Params h274;
} codec;
/**
* Intended display resolution. May be 0 if the codec does not specify
* any restrictions.
*/
int width, height;
/**
* Intended subsampling ratio, or 0 for luma-only streams.
*/
int subsampling_x, subsampling_y;
/**
* Intended video signal characteristics.
*/
enum AVColorRange color_range;
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
enum AVColorSpace color_space;
/**
* Intended bit depth, or 0 for unknown/unspecified.
*/
int bit_depth_luma;
int bit_depth_chroma;
} AVFilmGrainParams;
/**
@@ -257,4 +308,15 @@ AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size);
*/
AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Select the most appropriate film grain parameters set for the frame,
* taking into account the frame's format, resolution and video signal
* characteristics.
*
* @note, for H.274, this may select a film grain parameter set with
* greater chroma resolution than the frame. Users should take care to
* correctly adjust the chroma grain frequency to the frame.
*/
const AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_select(const AVFrame *frame);
#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */

366
include/libavutil/frame.h
View File

@@ -180,6 +180,10 @@ enum AVFrameSideDataType {
/**
* Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
* Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
*
* May be present multiple times, for example when there are multiple
* alternative parameter sets for different video signal characteristics.
* The user should select the most appropriate set for the application.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
@@ -209,6 +213,36 @@ enum AVFrameSideDataType {
* volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID,
/**
* Ambient viewing environment metadata, as defined by H.274.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_AMBIENT_VIEWING_ENVIRONMENT,
/**
* Provide encoder-specific hinting information about changed/unchanged
* portions of a frame. It can be used to pass information about which
* macroblocks can be skipped because they didn't change from the
* corresponding ones in the previous frame. This could be useful for
* applications which know this information in advance to speed up
* encoding.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_HINT,
/**
* Raw LCEVC payload data, as a uint8_t array, with NAL emulation
* bytes intact.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_LCEVC,
/**
* This side data must be associated with a video frame.
* The presence of this side data indicates that the video stream is
* composed of multiple views (e.g. stereoscopic 3D content,
* cf. H.264 Annex H or H.265 Annex G).
* The data is an int storing the view ID.
*/
AV_FRAME_DATA_VIEW_ID,
};
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
@@ -236,6 +270,37 @@ typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
AVBufferRef *buf;
} AVFrameSideData;
enum AVSideDataProps {
/**
* The side data type can be used in stream-global structures.
* Side data types without this property are only meaningful on per-frame
* basis.
*/
AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_GLOBAL = (1 << 0),
/**
* Multiple instances of this side data type can be meaningfully present in
* a single side data array.
*/
AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_MULTI = (1 << 1),
};
/**
* This struct describes the properties of a side data type. Its instance
* corresponding to a given type can be obtained from av_frame_side_data_desc().
*/
typedef struct AVSideDataDescriptor {
/**
* Human-readable side data description.
*/
const char *name;
/**
* Side data property flags, a combination of AVSideDataProps values.
*/
unsigned props;
} AVSideDataDescriptor;
/**
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
*
@@ -319,8 +384,7 @@ typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
* to the end with a minor bump.
*
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions.
*/
typedef struct AVFrame {
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
@@ -411,10 +475,15 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
*/
int format;
#if FF_API_FRAME_KEY
/**
* 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
*
* @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_KEY instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int key_frame;
#endif
/**
* Picture type of the frame.
@@ -446,70 +515,78 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
*/
AVRational time_base;
/**
* picture number in bitstream order
*/
int coded_picture_number;
/**
* picture number in display order
*/
int display_picture_number;
/**
* quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
*/
int quality;
/**
* for some private data of the user
* Frame owner's private data.
*
* This field may be set by the code that allocates/owns the frame data.
* It is then not touched by any library functions, except:
* - it is copied to other references by av_frame_copy_props() (and hence by
* av_frame_ref());
* - it is set to NULL when the frame is cleared by av_frame_unref()
* - on the caller's explicit request. E.g. libavcodec encoders/decoders
* will copy this field to/from @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" if the caller sets
* @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE.
*
* @see opaque_ref the reference-counted analogue
*/
void *opaque;
/**
* When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
* extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
* Number of fields in this frame which should be repeated, i.e. the total
* duration of this frame should be repeat_pict + 2 normal field durations.
*
* For interlaced frames this field may be set to 1, which signals that this
* frame should be presented as 3 fields: beginning with the first field (as
* determined by AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST being set or not), followed
* by the second field, and then the first field again.
*
* For progressive frames this field may be set to a multiple of 2, which
* signals that this frame's duration should be (repeat_pict + 2) / 2
* normal frame durations.
*
* @note This field is computed from MPEG2 repeat_first_field flag and its
* associated flags, H.264 pic_struct from picture timing SEI, and
* their analogues in other codecs. Typically it should only be used when
* higher-layer timing information is not available.
*/
int repeat_pict;
#if FF_API_INTERLACED_FRAME
/**
* The content of the picture is interlaced.
*
* @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_INTERLACED instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int interlaced_frame;
/**
* If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
*
* @deprecated Use AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int top_field_first;
#endif
#if FF_API_PALETTE_HAS_CHANGED
/**
* Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int palette_has_changed;
/**
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
* PTS but can be anything).
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
* that time,
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
*/
int64_t reordered_opaque;
#endif
/**
* Sample rate of the audio data.
*/
int sample_rate;
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* Channel layout of the audio data.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
uint64_t channel_layout;
#endif
/**
* AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
* data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
@@ -557,10 +634,23 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
/**
* A flag to mark frames that are keyframes.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_KEY (1 << 1)
/**
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
/**
* A flag to mark frames whose content is interlaced.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_INTERLACED (1 << 3)
/**
* A flag to mark frames where the top field is displayed first if the content
* is interlaced.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_TOP_FIELD_FIRST (1 << 4)
/**
* @}
*/
@@ -597,20 +687,17 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
*/
int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
#if FF_API_FRAME_PKT
/**
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
* @deprecated use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE to pass through arbitrary user
* data from packets to frames
*/
attribute_deprecated
int64_t pkt_pos;
/**
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
*/
int64_t pkt_duration;
#endif
/**
* metadata.
@@ -632,25 +719,19 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
/**
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: Read by user.
* @deprecated use ch_layout instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int channels;
#endif
#if FF_API_FRAME_PKT
/**
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
* frame.
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
* - encoding: unused
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
* @deprecated use AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE to pass through arbitrary user
* data from packets to frames
*/
attribute_deprecated
int pkt_size;
#endif
/**
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
@@ -659,13 +740,18 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
/**
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
* Frame owner's private data.
*
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
* purpose.
* This field may be set by the code that allocates/owns the frame data.
* It is then not touched by any library functions, except:
* - a new reference to the underlying buffer is propagated by
* av_frame_copy_props() (and hence by av_frame_ref());
* - it is unreferenced in av_frame_unref();
* - on the caller's explicit request. E.g. libavcodec encoders/decoders
* will propagate a new reference to/from @ref AVPacket "AVPackets" if the
* caller sets @ref AV_CODEC_FLAG_COPY_OPAQUE.
*
* @see opaque the plain pointer analogue
*/
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
@@ -702,18 +788,14 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
* Channel layout of the audio data.
*/
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
/**
* Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown.
*/
int64_t duration;
} AVFrame;
#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME
/**
* Get the name of a colorspace.
* @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
* @deprecated use av_color_space_name()
*/
attribute_deprecated
const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
#endif
/**
* Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
* struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
@@ -752,6 +834,19 @@ void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
*/
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Ensure the destination frame refers to the same data described by the source
* frame, either by creating a new reference for each AVBufferRef from src if
* they differ from those in dst, by allocating new buffers and copying data if
* src is not reference counted, or by unrefencing it if src is empty.
*
* Frame properties on dst will be replaced by those from src.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst is
* unreferenced.
*/
int av_frame_replace(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
*
@@ -818,7 +913,8 @@ int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
* Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
*
* Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
* if it is not.
* if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy
* is always made.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
*
@@ -853,12 +949,13 @@ int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
/**
* Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
*
* @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from
* @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
*
* @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
* frame is not valid.
*/
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(const AVFrame *frame, int plane);
/**
* Add a new side data to a frame.
@@ -940,6 +1037,137 @@ int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
*/
const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @return side data descriptor corresponding to a given side data type, NULL
* when not available.
*/
const AVSideDataDescriptor *av_frame_side_data_desc(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Free all side data entries and their contents, then zeroes out the
* values which the pointers are pointing to.
*
* @param sd pointer to array of side data to free. Will be set to NULL
* upon return.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array. Will be set to 0 upon return.
*/
void av_frame_side_data_free(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd);
/**
* Remove existing entries before adding new ones.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE (1 << 0)
/**
* Don't add a new entry if another of the same type exists.
* Applies only for side data types without the AV_SIDE_DATA_PROP_MULTI prop.
*/
#define AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE (1 << 1)
/**
* Add new side data entry to an array.
*
* @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry,
* or to NULL in order to start a new array.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array.
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param size size of the side data
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of
* matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition
* is attempted.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an
* entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead.
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_new(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
size_t size, unsigned int flags);
/**
* Add a new side data entry to an array from an existing AVBufferRef.
*
* @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry,
* or to NULL in order to start a new array.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array.
* @param type type of the added side data
* @param buf Pointer to AVBufferRef to add to the array. On success,
* the function takes ownership of the AVBufferRef and *buf is
* set to NULL, unless AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_NEW_REF is set
* in which case the ownership will remain with the caller.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of
* matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition
* is attempted.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an
* entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead.
*
*/
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_add(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
AVBufferRef **buf, unsigned int flags);
/**
* Add a new side data entry to an array based on existing side data, taking
* a reference towards the contained AVBufferRef.
*
* @param sd pointer to array of side data to which to add another entry,
* or to NULL in order to start a new array.
* @param nb_sd pointer to an integer containing the number of entries in
* the array.
* @param src side data to be cloned, with a new reference utilized
* for the buffer.
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_* flags, or 0.
*
* @return negative error code on failure, >=0 on success.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_UNIQUE being set, entries of
* matching AVFrameSideDataType will be removed before the addition
* is attempted.
* @note In case of AV_FRAME_SIDE_DATA_FLAG_REPLACE being set, if an
* entry of the same type already exists, it will be replaced instead.
*/
int av_frame_side_data_clone(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd,
const AVFrameSideData *src, unsigned int flags);
/**
* Get a side data entry of a specific type from an array.
*
* @param sd array of side data.
* @param nb_sd integer containing the number of entries in the array.
* @param type type of side data to be queried
*
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
* is no side data with such type in this set.
*/
const AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_get_c(const AVFrameSideData * const *sd,
const int nb_sd,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* Wrapper around av_frame_side_data_get_c() to workaround the limitation
* that for any type T the conversion from T * const * to const T * const *
* is not performed automatically in C.
* @see av_frame_side_data_get_c()
*/
static inline
const AVFrameSideData *av_frame_side_data_get(AVFrameSideData * const *sd,
const int nb_sd,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type)
{
return av_frame_side_data_get_c((const AVFrameSideData * const *)sd,
nb_sd, type);
}
/**
* Remove and free all side data instances of the given type from an array.
*/
void av_frame_side_data_remove(AVFrameSideData ***sd, int *nb_sd,
enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
/**
* @}
*/

33
include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
View File

@@ -340,4 +340,37 @@ AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
*/
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
/**
* Parse the user data registered ITU-T T.35 to AVbuffer (AVDynamicHDRPlus).
* The T.35 buffer must begin with the application mode, skipping the
* country code, terminal provider codes, and application identifier.
* @param s A pointer containing the decoded AVDynamicHDRPlus structure.
* @param data The byte array containing the raw ITU-T T.35 data.
* @param size Size of the data array in bytes.
*
* @return >= 0 on success. Otherwise, returns the appropriate AVERROR.
*/
int av_dynamic_hdr_plus_from_t35(AVDynamicHDRPlus *s, const uint8_t *data,
size_t size);
#define AV_HDR_PLUS_MAX_PAYLOAD_SIZE 907
/**
* Serialize dynamic HDR10+ metadata to a user data registered ITU-T T.35 buffer,
* excluding the first 48 bytes of the header, and beginning with the application mode.
* @param s A pointer containing the decoded AVDynamicHDRPlus structure.
* @param[in,out] data A pointer to pointer to a byte buffer to be filled with the
* serialized metadata.
* If *data is NULL, a buffer be will be allocated and a pointer to
* it stored in its place. The caller assumes ownership of the buffer.
* May be NULL, in which case the function will only store the
* required buffer size in *size.
* @param[in,out] size A pointer to a size to be set to the returned buffer's size.
* If *data is not NULL, *size must contain the size of the input
* buffer. May be NULL only if *data is NULL.
*
* @return >= 0 on success. Otherwise, returns the appropriate AVERROR.
*/
int av_dynamic_hdr_plus_to_t35(const AVDynamicHDRPlus *s, uint8_t **data, size_t *size);
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */

63
include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h
View File

@@ -24,6 +24,52 @@
#include "frame.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* HDR Vivid three spline params.
*/
typedef struct AVHDRVivid3SplineParams {
/**
* The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 3, inclusive.
*/
int th_mode;
/**
* three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*
*/
AVRational th_enable_mb;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
* and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
*/
AVRational th_enable;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational th_delta1;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
*/
AVRational th_delta2;
/**
* 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*/
AVRational enable_strength;
} AVHDRVivid3SplineParams;
/**
* Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
* CUVA 005.1:2021.
@@ -122,46 +168,61 @@ typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams {
*/
int three_Spline_num;
#if FF_API_HDR_VIVID_THREE_SPLINE
/**
* The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
* of 0 to 3, inclusive.
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
int three_Spline_TH_mode;
/**
* three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
*
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
* and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1;
/**
* 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2;
/**
* 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
* The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
* and in multiples of 1.0/255.
* @deprecated Use three_spline instead
*/
attribute_deprecated
AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength;
#endif
AVHDRVivid3SplineParams three_spline[2];
} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams;

29
include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
View File

@@ -37,10 +37,9 @@ enum AVHWDeviceType {
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D12VA,
};
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
/**
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
@@ -64,12 +63,6 @@ typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
/**
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
*
@@ -109,8 +102,6 @@ typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
void *user_opaque;
} AVHWDeviceContext;
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
/**
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
@@ -127,12 +118,6 @@ typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
*/
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
* way by the caller.
*/
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
/**
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
@@ -152,9 +137,12 @@ typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
* this context.
*
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
* The user shall ignore this field if the corresponding format-specific
* header (hwcontext_*.h) does not define a context to be used as
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
*
* Otherwise, it should be cast by the user to said context and filled
* as described in the documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
@@ -249,7 +237,7 @@ const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
/**
* Iterate over supported device types.
*
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
@@ -591,6 +579,7 @@ int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
*
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
* AVHWFramesContext.
* @param format The AVPixelFormat for the derived context.
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
* AVHWFramesContext on.
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext

5
include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
View File

@@ -62,6 +62,11 @@ typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
*/
#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0)
/**
* Use current device context instead of creating a new one.
*/
#define AV_CUDA_USE_CURRENT_CONTEXT (1 << 1)
/**
* @}
*/

142
include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d12va.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/*
* Direct3D 12 HW acceleration.
*
* copyright (c) 2022-2023 Wu Jianhua <toqsxw@outlook.com>
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D12VA.
*
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must contain AVBufferRefs whose
* data pointer points to an AVD3D12VAFrame struct.
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <initguid.h>
#include <d3d12.h>
#include <d3d12sdklayers.h>
#include <d3d12video.h>
/**
* @brief This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
*
*/
typedef struct AVD3D12VADeviceContext {
/**
* Device used for objects creation and access. This can also be
* used to set the libavcodec decoding device.
*
* Can be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D12Device *device;
/**
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
*
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
*/
ID3D12VideoDevice *video_device;
/**
* Callbacks for locking. They protect access to the internal staging
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
*
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
* internal mutex.
*
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
* locking implementation.
*/
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
void *lock_ctx;
} AVD3D12VADeviceContext;
/**
* @brief This struct is used to sync d3d12 execution
*
*/
typedef struct AVD3D12VASyncContext {
/**
* D3D12 fence object
*/
ID3D12Fence *fence;
/**
* A handle to the event object that's raised when the fence
* reaches a certain value.
*/
HANDLE event;
/**
* The fence value used for sync
*/
uint64_t fence_value;
} AVD3D12VASyncContext;
/**
* @brief D3D12VA frame descriptor for pool allocation.
*
*/
typedef struct AVD3D12VAFrame {
/**
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
* the interface.
*/
ID3D12Resource *texture;
/**
* The sync context for the texture
*
* @see: https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/medfound/direct3d-12-video-overview#directx-12-fences
*/
AVD3D12VASyncContext sync_ctx;
} AVD3D12VAFrame;
/**
* @brief This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*
*/
typedef struct AVD3D12VAFramesContext {
/**
* DXGI_FORMAT format. MUST be compatible with the pixel format.
* If unset, will be automatically set.
*/
DXGI_FORMAT format;
/**
* Options for working with resources.
* If unset, this will be D3D12_RESOURCE_FLAG_NONE.
*
* @see https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/d3d12/ne-d3d12-d3d12_resource_flags
*/
D3D12_RESOURCE_FLAGS flags;
} AVD3D12VAFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D12VA_H */

25
include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
View File

@@ -31,6 +31,31 @@ typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
* This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
*/
void *surface;
/**
* Pointer to ANativeWindow.
*
* It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it
* automatically if create_window is true and OS support
* createPersistentInputSurface.
*
* It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for
* encoder.
*/
void *native_window;
/**
* Enable createPersistentInputSurface automatically.
*
* Disabled by default.
*
* It can be enabled by setting this flag directly, or by setting
* AVDictionary of av_hwdevice_ctx_create(), with "create_window" as key.
* The second method is useful for ffmpeg cmdline, e.g., we can enable it
* via:
* -init_hw_device mediacodec=mediacodec,create_window=1
*/
int create_window;
} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */

40
include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
View File

@@ -19,14 +19,14 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
#include <mfxvideo.h>
/**
* @file
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
*
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points
* to a mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
*/
/**
@@ -34,19 +34,53 @@
*/
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
mfxSession session;
/**
* The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation
*
* This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this
* field must be set to NULL.
*
* Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be
* cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always
* release this interface.
*/
void *loader;
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
/**
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
*/
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
/**
* A pointer to a mfxFrameSurface1 struct
*
* It is available when nb_surfaces is non-zero.
*/
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
/**
* Number of frames in the pool
*
* It is 0 for dynamic frame pools or AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size
* for fixed frame pools.
*
* Note only oneVPL GPU runtime 2.9+ can support dynamic frame pools
* on d3d11va or vaapi
*/
int nb_surfaces;
/**
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
*/
int frame_type;
/**
* A pointer to a mfxFrameInfo struct
*
* It is available when nb_surfaces is 0, all buffers allocated from the
* pool have the same mfxFrameInfo.
*/
mfxFrameInfo *info;
} AVQSVFramesContext;
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */

19
include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
View File

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
#include "frame.h"
#include "pixfmt.h"
/**
@@ -38,10 +39,13 @@
* depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage
* the pool using the default implementation.
*
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
* NULL.
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx are always NULL.
*/
typedef struct AVVTFramesContext {
enum AVColorRange color_range;
} AVVTFramesContext;
/**
* Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
* Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
@@ -86,8 +90,15 @@ CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pr
CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
/**
* Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame.
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
* Set CVPixelBufferRef's metadata based on an AVFrame.
*
* Sets/unsets the CVPixelBuffer attachments to match as closely as possible the
* AVFrame metadata. To prevent inconsistent attachments, the attachments for properties
* that could not be matched or are unspecified in the given AVFrame are unset. So if
* any attachments already covered by AVFrame metadata need to be set to a specific
* value, this should happen after calling this function.
*
* Returns < 0 in case of an error.
*/
int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx,
CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src);

171
include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h
View File

@@ -26,6 +26,23 @@
#include "pixfmt.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "hwcontext.h"
typedef struct AVVkFrame AVVkFrame;
typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily {
/* Queue family index */
int idx;
/* Number of queues in the queue family in use */
int num;
/* Queue family capabilities. Must be non-zero.
* Flags may be removed to indicate the queue family may not be used
* for a given purpose. */
VkQueueFlagBits flags;
/* Vulkan implementations are allowed to list multiple video queues
* which differ in what they can encode or decode. */
VkVideoCodecOperationFlagBitsKHR video_caps;
} AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily;
/**
* @file
@@ -46,14 +63,13 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc;
/**
* Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function.
* If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's
* compilation settings, and set this field.
* Pointer to a vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function.
* If unset, will dynamically load and use libvulkan.
*/
PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr;
/**
* Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2.
* Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.3.
*/
VkInstance inst;
@@ -96,6 +112,7 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions;
int nb_enabled_dev_extensions;
#if FF_API_VULKAN_FIXED_QUEUES
/**
* Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues
* enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required.
@@ -103,21 +120,27 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
* queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set.
* Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int queue_family_index;
attribute_deprecated
int nb_graphics_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues
* enabled. Required.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int queue_family_tx_index;
attribute_deprecated
int nb_tx_queues;
/**
* Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues
* enabled. Required.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int queue_family_comp_index;
attribute_deprecated
int nb_comp_queues;
/**
@@ -125,7 +148,9 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
* If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1.
* Not required.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int queue_family_encode_index;
attribute_deprecated
int nb_encode_queues;
/**
@@ -133,8 +158,35 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
* If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1.
* Not required.
*/
attribute_deprecated
int queue_family_decode_index;
attribute_deprecated
int nb_decode_queues;
#endif
/**
* Locks a queue, preventing other threads from submitting any command
* buffers to this queue.
* If set to NULL, will be set to lavu-internal functions that utilize a
* mutex.
*/
void (*lock_queue)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx, uint32_t queue_family, uint32_t index);
/**
* Similar to lock_queue(), unlocks a queue. Must only be called after locking.
*/
void (*unlock_queue)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx, uint32_t queue_family, uint32_t index);
/**
* Queue families used. Must be preferentially ordered. List may contain
* duplicates.
*
* For compatibility reasons, all the enabled queue families listed above
* (queue_family_(tx/comp/encode/decode)_index) must also be included in
* this list until they're removed after deprecation.
*/
AVVulkanDeviceQueueFamily qf[64];
int nb_qf;
} AVVulkanDeviceContext;
/**
@@ -145,10 +197,14 @@ typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags {
* device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */
AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE = (1ULL << 0),
/* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather
* than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting
* to VAAPI on Intel devices. */
#if FF_API_VULKAN_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY
/* DEPRECATED: does nothing. Replaced by multiplane images. */
AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1),
#endif
/* Disables multiplane images.
* This is required to export/import images from CUDA. */
AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_DISABLE_MULTIPLANE = (1ULL << 2),
} AVVkFrameFlags;
/**
@@ -156,26 +212,32 @@ typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags {
*/
typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext {
/**
* Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling,
* then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device
* supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise
* will allocate optimally-tiled images.
* Controls the tiling of allocated frames.
* If left as VK_IMAGE_TILING_OPTIMAL (0), will use optimal tiling.
* Can be set to VK_IMAGE_TILING_LINEAR to force linear images,
* or VK_IMAGE_TILING_DRM_FORMAT_MODIFIER_EXT to force DMABUF-backed
* images.
* @note Imported frames from other APIs ignore this.
*/
VkImageTiling tiling;
/**
* Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits
* are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE.
* Defines extra usage of output frames. If non-zero, all flags MUST be
* supported by the VkFormat. Otherwise, will use supported flags amongst:
* - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_SAMPLED_BIT
* - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_STORAGE_BIT
* - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_SRC_BIT
* - VK_IMAGE_USAGE_TRANSFER_DST_BIT
*/
VkImageUsageFlagBits usage;
/**
* Extension data for image creation.
* If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain,
* and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated
* with the specific requested DRM modifiers.
* If DRM tiling is used, a VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT structure
* can be added to specify the exact modifier to use.
*
* Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time,
* which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free
* which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users must only free
* any structures they've allocated themselves.
*/
void *create_pnext;
@@ -195,36 +257,65 @@ typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext {
* av_hwframe_ctx_init().
*/
AVVkFrameFlags flags;
/**
* Flags to set during image creation. If unset, defaults to
* VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT.
*/
VkImageCreateFlags img_flags;
/**
* Vulkan format for each image. MUST be compatible with the pixel format.
* If unset, will be automatically set.
* There are at most two compatible formats for a frame - a multiplane
* format, and a single-plane multi-image format.
*/
VkFormat format[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* Number of layers each image will have.
*/
int nb_layers;
/**
* Locks a frame, preventing other threads from changing frame properties.
* Users SHOULD only ever lock just before command submission in order
* to get accurate frame properties, and unlock immediately after command
* submission without waiting for it to finish.
*
* If unset, will be set to lavu-internal functions that utilize a mutex.
*/
void (*lock_frame)(struct AVHWFramesContext *fc, AVVkFrame *vkf);
/**
* Similar to lock_frame(), unlocks a frame. Must only be called after locking.
*/
void (*unlock_frame)(struct AVHWFramesContext *fc, AVVkFrame *vkf);
} AVVulkanFramesContext;
/*
* Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match
* the pool's sw_format.
* All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the
* VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed.
*
* If all queue family indices in the device context are the same,
* images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images
* will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode.
* Frame structure.
*
* @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate
* you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc().
*/
typedef struct AVVkFrame {
struct AVVkFrame {
/**
* Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to.
* May be one for multiplane formats, or multiple.
*/
VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame.
* Tiling for the frame.
*/
VkImageTiling tiling;
/**
* Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes,
* in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of
* each plane in the memory.
* Memory backing the images. Either one, or as many as there are planes
* in the sw_format.
* In case of having multiple VkImages, but one memory, the offset field
* will indicate the bound offset for each image.
*/
VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
@@ -235,13 +326,13 @@ typedef struct AVVkFrame {
VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags;
/**
* Updated after every barrier
* Updated after every barrier. One per VkImage.
*/
VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
/**
* Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane.
* Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each VkImage.
* Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using
* the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission,
* using an incremented value.
@@ -250,6 +341,7 @@ typedef struct AVVkFrame {
/**
* Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible.
* One per VkImage.
* Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue,
* and increment it when signalling.
*/
@@ -261,10 +353,18 @@ typedef struct AVVkFrame {
struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal;
/**
* Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory.
* Describes the binding offset of each image to the VkDeviceMemory.
* One per VkImage.
*/
ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
} AVVkFrame;
/**
* Queue family of the images. Must be VK_QUEUE_FAMILY_IGNORED if
* the image was allocated with the CONCURRENT concurrency option.
* One per VkImage.
*/
uint32_t queue_family[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
};
/**
* Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0.
@@ -273,7 +373,8 @@ typedef struct AVVkFrame {
AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void);
/**
* Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format.
* Returns the optimal per-plane Vulkan format for a given sw_format,
* one for each plane.
* Returns NULL on unsupported formats.
*/
const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p);

690
include/libavutil/iamf.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
/*
* Immersive Audio Model and Formats helper functions and defines
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_IAMF_H
#define AVUTIL_IAMF_H
/**
* @file
* Immersive Audio Model and Formats API header
* @see <a href="https://aomediacodec.github.io/iamf/">Immersive Audio Model and Formats</a>
*/
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avassert.h"
#include "channel_layout.h"
#include "dict.h"
#include "rational.h"
/**
* @defgroup lavu_iamf Immersive Audio Model and Formats
* @ingroup lavu_audio
*
* Immersive Audio Model and Formats related functions and defines
*
* @defgroup lavu_iamf_params Parameter Definition
* @ingroup lavu_iamf
* @{
* Parameters as defined in section 3.6.1 and 3.8 of IAMF.
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_iamf_audio Audio Element
* @ingroup lavu_iamf
* @{
* Audio Elements as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF.
* @}
*
* @defgroup lavu_iamf_mix Mix Presentation
* @ingroup lavu_iamf
* @{
* Mix Presentations as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF.
* @}
*
* @addtogroup lavu_iamf_params
* @{
*/
enum AVIAMFAnimationType {
AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_STEP,
AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_LINEAR,
AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER,
};
/**
* Mix Gain Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.1 of IAMF.
*
* @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFMixGain {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Duration for the given subblock, in units of
* 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate".
* It must not be 0.
*/
unsigned int subblock_duration;
/**
* The type of animation applied to the parameter values.
*/
enum AVIAMFAnimationType animation_type;
/**
* Parameter value that is applied at the start of the subblock.
* Applies to all defined Animation Types.
*
* Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0
*/
AVRational start_point_value;
/**
* Parameter value that is applied at the end of the subblock.
* Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_LINEAR and
* AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Types.
*
* Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0
*/
AVRational end_point_value;
/**
* Parameter value of the middle control point of a quadratic Bezier
* curve, i.e., its y-axis value.
* Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Type.
*
* Valid range of values is -128.0 to 128.0
*/
AVRational control_point_value;
/**
* Parameter value of the time of the middle control point of a
* quadratic Bezier curve, i.e., its x-axis value.
* Applies only to AV_IAMF_ANIMATION_TYPE_BEZIER Animation Type.
*
* Valid range of values is 0.0 to 1.0
*/
AVRational control_point_relative_time;
} AVIAMFMixGain;
/**
* Demixing Info Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.2 of IAMF.
*
* @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFDemixingInfo {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Duration for the given subblock, in units of
* 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate".
* It must not be 0.
*/
unsigned int subblock_duration;
/**
* Pre-defined combination of demixing parameters.
*/
unsigned int dmixp_mode;
} AVIAMFDemixingInfo;
/**
* Recon Gain Info Parameter Data as defined in section 3.8.3 of IAMF.
*
* @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFReconGain {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Duration for the given subblock, in units of
* 1 / @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_rate "parameter_rate".
* It must not be 0.
*/
unsigned int subblock_duration;
/**
* Array of gain values to be applied to each channel for each layer
* defined in the Audio Element referencing the parent Parameter Definition.
* Values for layers where the AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_RECON_GAIN flag is not set
* are undefined.
*
* Channel order is: FL, C, FR, SL, SR, TFL, TFR, BL, BR, TBL, TBR, LFE
*/
uint8_t recon_gain[6][12];
} AVIAMFReconGain;
enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType {
/**
* Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFMixGain
*/
AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN,
/**
* Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFDemixingInfo
*/
AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_DEMIXING,
/**
* Subblocks are of struct type AVIAMFReconGain
*/
AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_RECON_GAIN,
};
/**
* Parameters as defined in section 3.6.1 of IAMF.
*
* The struct is allocated by av_iamf_param_definition_alloc() along with an
* array of subblocks, its type depending on the value of type.
* This array is placed subblocks_offset bytes after the start of this struct.
*
* @note This struct's size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFParamDefinition {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Offset in bytes from the start of this struct, at which the subblocks
* array is located.
*/
size_t subblocks_offset;
/**
* Size in bytes of each element in the subblocks array.
*/
size_t subblock_size;
/**
* Number of subblocks in the array.
*/
unsigned int nb_subblocks;
/**
* Parameters type. Determines the type of the subblock elements.
*/
enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType type;
/**
* Identifier for the paremeter substream.
*/
unsigned int parameter_id;
/**
* Sample rate for the paremeter substream. It must not be 0.
*/
unsigned int parameter_rate;
/**
* The accumulated duration of all blocks in this parameter definition,
* in units of 1 / @ref parameter_rate.
*
* May be 0, in which case all duration values should be specified in
* another parameter definition referencing the same parameter_id.
*/
unsigned int duration;
/**
* The duration of every subblock in the case where all subblocks, with
* the optional exception of the last subblock, have equal durations.
*
* Must be 0 if subblocks have different durations.
*/
unsigned int constant_subblock_duration;
} AVIAMFParamDefinition;
const AVClass *av_iamf_param_definition_get_class(void);
/**
* Allocates memory for AVIAMFParamDefinition, plus an array of {@code nb_subblocks}
* amount of subblocks of the given type and initializes the variables. Can be
* freed with a normal av_free() call.
*
* @param size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is written here.
*/
AVIAMFParamDefinition *av_iamf_param_definition_alloc(enum AVIAMFParamDefinitionType type,
unsigned int nb_subblocks, size_t *size);
/**
* Get the subblock at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_subblocks - 1.
*
* The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "param definition type" defines
* the struct type of the returned pointer.
*/
static av_always_inline void*
av_iamf_param_definition_get_subblock(const AVIAMFParamDefinition *par, unsigned int idx)
{
av_assert0(idx < par->nb_subblocks);
return (void *)((uint8_t *)par + par->subblocks_offset + idx * par->subblock_size);
}
/**
* @}
* @addtogroup lavu_iamf_audio
* @{
*/
enum AVIAMFAmbisonicsMode {
AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_MONO,
AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION,
};
/**
* Recon gain information for the layer is present in AVIAMFReconGain
*/
#define AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_RECON_GAIN (1 << 0)
/**
* A layer defining a Channel Layout in the Audio Element.
*
* When @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type "the parent's Audio Element type"
* is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, this corresponds to an Scalable Channel
* Layout layer as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF.
* For AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE, it is an Ambisonics channel
* layout as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFLayer {
const AVClass *av_class;
AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
/**
* A bitmask which may contain a combination of AV_IAMF_LAYER_FLAG_* flags.
*/
unsigned int flags;
/**
* Output gain channel flags as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF.
*
* This field is defined only if @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type
* "the parent's Audio Element type" is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL,
* must be 0 otherwise.
*/
unsigned int output_gain_flags;
/**
* Output gain as defined in section 3.6.2 of IAMF.
*
* Must be 0 if @ref output_gain_flags is 0.
*/
AVRational output_gain;
/**
* Ambisonics mode as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF.
*
* This field is defined only if @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type
* "the parent's Audio Element type" is AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE.
*
* If AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_MONO, channel_mapping is defined implicitly
* (Ambisonic Order) or explicitly (Custom Order with ambi channels) in
* @ref ch_layout.
* If AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION, @ref demixing_matrix must be set.
*/
enum AVIAMFAmbisonicsMode ambisonics_mode;
/**
* Demixing matrix as defined in section 3.6.3 of IAMF.
*
* The length of the array is ch_layout.nb_channels multiplied by the sum of
* the amount of streams in the group plus the amount of streams in the group
* that are stereo.
*
* May be set only if @ref ambisonics_mode == AV_IAMF_AMBISONICS_MODE_PROJECTION,
* must be NULL otherwise.
*/
AVRational *demixing_matrix;
} AVIAMFLayer;
enum AVIAMFAudioElementType {
AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL,
AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE,
};
/**
* Information on how to combine one or more audio streams, as defined in
* section 3.6 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_audio_element_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFAudioElement {
const AVClass *av_class;
AVIAMFLayer **layers;
/**
* Number of layers, or channel groups, in the Audio Element.
* There may be 6 layers at most, and for @ref audio_element_type
* AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_SCENE, there may be exactly 1.
*
* Set by av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer(), must not be
* modified by any other code.
*/
unsigned int nb_layers;
/**
* Demixing information used to reconstruct a scalable channel audio
* representation.
* The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be
* AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_DEMIXING.
*/
AVIAMFParamDefinition *demixing_info;
/**
* Recon gain information used to reconstruct a scalable channel audio
* representation.
* The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be
* AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_RECON_GAIN.
*/
AVIAMFParamDefinition *recon_gain_info;
/**
* Audio element type as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF.
*/
enum AVIAMFAudioElementType audio_element_type;
/**
* Default weight value as defined in section 3.6 of IAMF.
*/
unsigned int default_w;
} AVIAMFAudioElement;
const AVClass *av_iamf_audio_element_get_class(void);
/**
* Allocates a AVIAMFAudioElement, and initializes its fields with default values.
* No layers are allocated. Must be freed with av_iamf_audio_element_free().
*
* @see av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer()
*/
AVIAMFAudioElement *av_iamf_audio_element_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a layer and add it to a given AVIAMFAudioElement.
* It is freed by av_iamf_audio_element_free() alongside the rest of the parent
* AVIAMFAudioElement.
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated layer.
*/
AVIAMFLayer *av_iamf_audio_element_add_layer(AVIAMFAudioElement *audio_element);
/**
* Free an AVIAMFAudioElement and all its contents.
*
* @param audio_element pointer to pointer to an allocated AVIAMFAudioElement.
* upon return, *audio_element will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_iamf_audio_element_free(AVIAMFAudioElement **audio_element);
/**
* @}
* @addtogroup lavu_iamf_mix
* @{
*/
enum AVIAMFHeadphonesMode {
/**
* The referenced Audio Element shall be rendered to stereo loudspeakers.
*/
AV_IAMF_HEADPHONES_MODE_STEREO,
/**
* The referenced Audio Element shall be rendered with a binaural renderer.
*/
AV_IAMF_HEADPHONES_MODE_BINAURAL,
};
/**
* Submix element as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_submix_add_element()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFSubmixElement {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* The id of the Audio Element this submix element references.
*/
unsigned int audio_element_id;
/**
* Information required required for applying any processing to the
* referenced and rendered Audio Element before being summed with other
* processed Audio Elements.
* The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be
* AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN.
*/
AVIAMFParamDefinition *element_mix_config;
/**
* Default mix gain value to apply when there are no AVIAMFParamDefinition
* with @ref element_mix_config "element_mix_config's"
* @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_id "parameter_id" available for a
* given audio frame.
*/
AVRational default_mix_gain;
/**
* A value that indicates whether the referenced channel-based Audio Element
* shall be rendered to stereo loudspeakers or spatialized with a binaural
* renderer when played back on headphones.
* If the Audio Element is not of @ref AVIAMFAudioElement.audio_element_type
* "type" AV_IAMF_AUDIO_ELEMENT_TYPE_CHANNEL, then this field is undefined.
*/
enum AVIAMFHeadphonesMode headphones_rendering_mode;
/**
* A dictionary of strings describing the submix in different languages.
* Must have the same amount of entries as
* @ref AVIAMFMixPresentation.annotations "the mix's annotations", stored
* in the same order, and with the same key strings.
*
* @ref AVDictionaryEntry.key "key" is a string conforming to BCP-47 that
* specifies the language for the string stored in
* @ref AVDictionaryEntry.value "value".
*/
AVDictionary *annotations;
} AVIAMFSubmixElement;
enum AVIAMFSubmixLayoutType {
/**
* The layout follows the loudspeaker sound system convention of ITU-2051-3.
*/
AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_LOUDSPEAKERS = 2,
/**
* The layout is binaural.
*/
AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_BINAURAL = 3,
};
/**
* Submix layout as defined in section 3.7.6 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_submix_add_layout()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFSubmixLayout {
const AVClass *av_class;
enum AVIAMFSubmixLayoutType layout_type;
/**
* Channel layout matching one of Sound Systems A to J of ITU-2051-3, plus
* 7.1.2ch and 3.1.2ch
* If layout_type is not AV_IAMF_SUBMIX_LAYOUT_TYPE_LOUDSPEAKERS, this field
* is undefined.
*/
AVChannelLayout sound_system;
/**
* The program integrated loudness information, as defined in
* ITU-1770-4.
*/
AVRational integrated_loudness;
/**
* The digital (sampled) peak value of the audio signal, as defined
* in ITU-1770-4.
*/
AVRational digital_peak;
/**
* The true peak of the audio signal, as defined in ITU-1770-4.
*/
AVRational true_peak;
/**
* The Dialogue loudness information, as defined in ITU-1770-4.
*/
AVRational dialogue_anchored_loudness;
/**
* The Album loudness information, as defined in ITU-1770-4.
*/
AVRational album_anchored_loudness;
} AVIAMFSubmixLayout;
/**
* Submix layout as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFSubmix {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Array of submix elements.
*
* Set by av_iamf_submix_add_element(), must not be modified by any
* other code.
*/
AVIAMFSubmixElement **elements;
/**
* Number of elements in the submix.
*
* Set by av_iamf_submix_add_element(), must not be modified by any
* other code.
*/
unsigned int nb_elements;
/**
* Array of submix layouts.
*
* Set by av_iamf_submix_add_layout(), must not be modified by any
* other code.
*/
AVIAMFSubmixLayout **layouts;
/**
* Number of layouts in the submix.
*
* Set by av_iamf_submix_add_layout(), must not be modified by any
* other code.
*/
unsigned int nb_layouts;
/**
* Information required for post-processing the mixed audio signal to
* generate the audio signal for playback.
* The @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.type "type" must be
* AV_IAMF_PARAMETER_DEFINITION_MIX_GAIN.
*/
AVIAMFParamDefinition *output_mix_config;
/**
* Default mix gain value to apply when there are no AVIAMFParamDefinition
* with @ref output_mix_config "output_mix_config's"
* @ref AVIAMFParamDefinition.parameter_id "parameter_id" available for a
* given audio frame.
*/
AVRational default_mix_gain;
} AVIAMFSubmix;
/**
* Information on how to render and mix one or more AVIAMFAudioElement to generate
* the final audio output, as defined in section 3.7 of IAMF.
*
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_iamf_mix_presentation_alloc()
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
*/
typedef struct AVIAMFMixPresentation {
const AVClass *av_class;
/**
* Array of submixes.
*
* Set by av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(), must not be modified
* by any other code.
*/
AVIAMFSubmix **submixes;
/**
* Number of submixes in the presentation.
*
* Set by av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(), must not be modified
* by any other code.
*/
unsigned int nb_submixes;
/**
* A dictionary of strings describing the mix in different languages.
* Must have the same amount of entries as every
* @ref AVIAMFSubmixElement.annotations "Submix element annotations",
* stored in the same order, and with the same key strings.
*
* @ref AVDictionaryEntry.key "key" is a string conforming to BCP-47
* that specifies the language for the string stored in
* @ref AVDictionaryEntry.value "value".
*/
AVDictionary *annotations;
} AVIAMFMixPresentation;
const AVClass *av_iamf_mix_presentation_get_class(void);
/**
* Allocates a AVIAMFMixPresentation, and initializes its fields with default
* values. No submixes are allocated.
* Must be freed with av_iamf_mix_presentation_free().
*
* @see av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix()
*/
AVIAMFMixPresentation *av_iamf_mix_presentation_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate a submix and add it to a given AVIAMFMixPresentation.
* It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the
* parent AVIAMFMixPresentation.
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated submix.
*/
AVIAMFSubmix *av_iamf_mix_presentation_add_submix(AVIAMFMixPresentation *mix_presentation);
/**
* Allocate a submix element and add it to a given AVIAMFSubmix.
* It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the
* parent AVIAMFSubmix.
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated submix.
*/
AVIAMFSubmixElement *av_iamf_submix_add_element(AVIAMFSubmix *submix);
/**
* Allocate a submix layout and add it to a given AVIAMFSubmix.
* It is freed by av_iamf_mix_presentation_free() alongside the rest of the
* parent AVIAMFSubmix.
*
* @return a pointer to the allocated submix.
*/
AVIAMFSubmixLayout *av_iamf_submix_add_layout(AVIAMFSubmix *submix);
/**
* Free an AVIAMFMixPresentation and all its contents.
*
* @param mix_presentation pointer to pointer to an allocated AVIAMFMixPresentation.
* upon return, *mix_presentation will be set to NULL.
*/
void av_iamf_mix_presentation_free(AVIAMFMixPresentation **mix_presentation);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* AVUTIL_IAMF_H */

76
include/libavutil/imgutils.h
View File

@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@
* component in the plane with the max pixel step.
* @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
* for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
* @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format
*/
void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
@@ -65,6 +66,8 @@ int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
* width width.
*
* @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
* @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
* @param width width of the image in pixels
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
@@ -73,6 +76,8 @@ int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int wi
* Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height.
*
* @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane
* @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
* @param height height of the image in pixels
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
@@ -88,6 +93,8 @@ int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
* height height.
*
* @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
* @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
* @param height height of the image in pixels
* @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
* @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
* plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
@@ -103,6 +110,11 @@ int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int hei
* The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
* av_freep(&pointers[0]).
*
* @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
* @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane
* @param w width of the image in pixels
* @param h height of the image in pixels
* @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
* @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
* @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
* error code in case of failure
@@ -119,8 +131,11 @@ int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
* bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
* and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
*
* @param dst destination plane to copy to
* @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
* @param src source plane to copy from
* @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
* @param height height (number of lines) of the plane
*/
void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
@@ -147,13 +162,34 @@ void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize,
/**
* Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
*
* @param dst_data destination image data buffer to copy to
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
* @param src_data source image data buffer to copy from
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
* @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
* @param width width of the image in pixels
* @param height height of the image in pixels
*/
void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
void av_image_copy(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const int dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
* Wrapper around av_image_copy() to workaround the limitation
* that the conversion from uint8_t * const * to const uint8_t * const *
* is not performed automatically in C.
* @see av_image_copy()
*/
static inline
void av_image_copy2(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const int dst_linesizes[4],
uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height)
{
av_image_copy(dst_data, dst_linesizes,
(const uint8_t * const *)src_data, src_linesizes,
pix_fmt, width, height);
}
/**
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
@@ -168,8 +204,8 @@ void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
*/
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
/**
@@ -299,10 +335,40 @@ int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
int width, int height);
/**
* Overwrite the image data with a color. This is suitable for filling a
* sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
* and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
* formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
*
* If the pixel format has alpha, it is also replaced. Color component values
* are interpreted as native integers (or intfloats) regardless of actual pixel
* format endianness.
*
* This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
* non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
*
* Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
* operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
* not supported.)
*
* @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
* @param color the color components to be used for the fill
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
* @param flags currently unused
* @return 0 if the image data was filled, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
*/
int av_image_fill_color(uint8_t * const dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, const uint32_t color[4],
int width, int height, int flags);
/**
* @}
*/

53
include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
View File

@@ -64,16 +64,12 @@ typedef union {
#include "config.h"
#if ARCH_ARM
# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_AVR32
# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
#if ARCH_AARCH64
# include "aarch64/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_MIPS
# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_PPC
# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_TOMI
# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
#elif ARCH_X86
# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
#endif
@@ -215,7 +211,7 @@ typedef union {
* by per-arch headers.
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__)
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
@@ -545,9 +541,41 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
# define AV_RBA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
# define AV_WBA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
#else
# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
# define AV_RBA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
# define AV_WBA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL16A
# define AV_RL16A(p) AV_RLA(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL16A
# define AV_WL16A(p, v) AV_WLA(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB16A
# define AV_RB16A(p) AV_RBA(16, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB16A
# define AV_WB16A(p, v) AV_WBA(16, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL32A
# define AV_RL32A(p) AV_RLA(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WL32A
# define AV_WL32A(p, v) AV_WLA(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB32A
# define AV_RB32A(p) AV_RBA(32, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB32A
# define AV_WB32A(p, v) AV_WBA(32, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RL64A
@@ -557,6 +585,13 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
#endif
#ifndef AV_RB64A
# define AV_RB64A(p) AV_RBA(64, p)
#endif
#ifndef AV_WB64A
# define AV_WB64A(p, v) AV_WBA(64, p, v)
#endif
/*
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
* memory locations.
@@ -585,9 +620,7 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
#endif
/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
* naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
* so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
* afterwards.
* naturally aligned.
*/
#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \

5
include/libavutil/lfg.h
View File

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
/**
* Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
* The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
* not be accessed directly. Only its sizeof() is guranteed to stay the same
* not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same
* to allow easy instanciation.
*/
typedef struct AVLFG {
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
/**
* Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
*
* Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
* @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
*/
int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
@@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
* Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
* generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
*
* @param lfg pointer to the contex structure
* @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
*/
void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);

9
include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
View File

@@ -77,6 +77,15 @@ typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
/**
* Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
*
* @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
* on failure.
*/
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc_size(size_t *size);
/**
* Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
*

61
include/libavutil/mathematics.h
View File

@@ -36,30 +36,81 @@
#ifndef M_E
#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_Ef
#define M_Ef 2.7182818284590452354f /* e */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2
#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN2f
#define M_LN2f 0.69314718055994530942f /* log_e 2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10
#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LN10f
#define M_LN10f 2.30258509299404568402f /* log_e 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10
#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_LOG2_10f
#define M_LOG2_10f 3.32192809488736234787f /* log_2 10 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHI
#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PHIf
#define M_PHIf 1.61803398874989484820f /* phi / golden ratio */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_PIf
#define M_PIf 3.14159265358979323846f /* pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_2
#define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_2f
#define M_PI_2f 1.57079632679489661923f /* pi/2 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_4
#define M_PI_4 0.78539816339744830962 /* pi/4 */
#endif
#ifndef M_PI_4f
#define M_PI_4f 0.78539816339744830962f /* pi/4 */
#endif
#ifndef M_1_PI
#define M_1_PI 0.31830988618379067154 /* 1/pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_1_PIf
#define M_1_PIf 0.31830988618379067154f /* 1/pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_2_PI
#define M_2_PI 0.63661977236758134308 /* 2/pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_2_PIf
#define M_2_PIf 0.63661977236758134308f /* 2/pi */
#endif
#ifndef M_2_SQRTPI
#define M_2_SQRTPI 1.12837916709551257390 /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
#endif
#ifndef M_2_SQRTPIf
#define M_2_SQRTPIf 1.12837916709551257390f /* 2/sqrt(pi) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT1_2f
#define M_SQRT1_2f 0.70710678118654752440f /* 1/sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef M_SQRT2f
#define M_SQRT2f 1.41421356237309504880f /* sqrt(2) */
#endif
#ifndef NAN
#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
#endif
@@ -111,7 +162,8 @@ enum AVRounding {
/**
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @param a Operand
* @param b Operand
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
*/
@@ -186,7 +238,8 @@ int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
* @endcode
*
* @param a,b Operands
* @param a Operand
* @param b Operand
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
* @return
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
@@ -235,6 +288,10 @@ int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int
*/
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
/**
* 0th order modified bessel function of the first kind.
*/
double av_bessel_i0(double x);
/**
* @}

95
include/libavutil/mem.h
View File

@@ -27,12 +27,10 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
#include <limits.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "avutil.h"
#include "version.h"
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
@@ -51,86 +49,6 @@
* @{
*/
#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED
/**
*
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
* @{
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
*
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
* assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
@@ -239,14 +157,6 @@ av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
*/
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY
/**
* @deprecated use av_calloc()
*/
attribute_deprecated
void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
#endif
/**
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
*
@@ -667,7 +577,8 @@ void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
/**
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
*
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
* @param[in] a Operand of multiplication
* @param[in] b Operand of multiplication
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
*/

159
include/libavutil/mem_internal.h Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Fabrice Bellard
*
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
*
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
*/
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_INTERNAL_H
#define AVUTIL_MEM_INTERNAL_H
#include "config.h"
#include <stdint.h>
#include "attributes.h"
#include "macros.h"
/**
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
*
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
/**
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
* assembly code.
*
* @code{.c}
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
* @endcode
*
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
* @param v Name of the variable
*/
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
#else
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
#endif
#if HAVE_SIMD_ALIGN_64
#define ALIGN_64 64
#define ALIGN_32 32
#elif HAVE_SIMD_ALIGN_32
#define ALIGN_64 32
#define ALIGN_32 32
#else
#define ALIGN_64 16
#define ALIGN_32 16
#endif
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_V(n,t,v)
// Macro needs to be double-wrapped in order to expand
// possible other macros being passed for n.
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_V(n,t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_##n(t,v)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_4(t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_T( 4, t, v)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_8(t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_T( 8, t, v)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_16(t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_T( 16, t, v)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_32(t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(ALIGN_32, t, v)
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED_64(t,v) DECLARE_ALIGNED_T(ALIGN_64, t, v)
// Some broken preprocessors need a second expansion
// to be forced to tokenize __VA_ARGS__
#define E1(x) x
#define LOCAL_ALIGNED_A(a, t, v, s, o, ...) \
uint8_t la_##v[sizeof(t s o) + (a)]; \
t (*v) o = (void *)FFALIGN((uintptr_t)la_##v, a)
#define LOCAL_ALIGNED_D(a, t, v, s, o, ...) \
DECLARE_ALIGNED(a, t, la_##v) s o; \
t (*v) o = la_##v
#define LOCAL_ALIGNED(a, t, v, ...) LOCAL_ALIGNED_##a(t, v, __VA_ARGS__)
#if HAVE_LOCAL_ALIGNED
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_4(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_D(4, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#else
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_4(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_A(4, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#endif
#if HAVE_LOCAL_ALIGNED
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_8(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_D(8, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#else
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_8(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_A(8, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#endif
#if HAVE_LOCAL_ALIGNED
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_16(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_D(16, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#else
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_16(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_A(16, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#endif
#if HAVE_LOCAL_ALIGNED
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_32(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_D(32, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#else
# define LOCAL_ALIGNED_32(t, v, ...) E1(LOCAL_ALIGNED_A(32, t, v, __VA_ARGS__,,))
#endif
#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_INTERNAL_H */

802
include/libavutil/opt.h
View File

@@ -43,6 +43,26 @@
* ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
* values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
*
* There are two modes of access to members of AVOption and its child structs.
* One is called 'native access', and refers to access from the code that
* declares the AVOption in question. The other is 'foreign access', and refers
* to access from other code.
*
* Certain struct members in this header are documented as 'native access only'
* or similar - it means that only the code that declared the AVOption in
* question is allowed to access the field. This allows us to extend the
* semantics of those fields without breaking API compatibility.
*
* @section avoptions_scope Scope of AVOptions
*
* AVOptions is designed to support any set of multimedia configuration options
* that can be defined at compile-time. Although it is mainly used to expose
* FFmpeg options, you are welcome to adapt it to your own use case.
*
* No single approach can ever fully solve the problem of configuration,
* but please submit a patch if you believe you have found a problem
* that is best solved by extending AVOptions.
*
* @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
* This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
*
@@ -220,31 +240,189 @@
* before the file is actually opened.
*/
/**
* An option type determines:
* - for native access, the underlying C type of the field that an AVOption
* refers to;
* - for foreign access, the semantics of accessing the option through this API,
* e.g. which av_opt_get_*() and av_opt_set_*() functions can be called, or
* what format will av_opt_get()/av_opt_set() expect/produce.
*/
enum AVOptionType{
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
/**
* Underlying C type is unsigned int.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 1,
/**
* Underlying C type is int.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
/**
* Underlying C type is int64_t.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
/**
* Underlying C type is double.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
/**
* Underlying C type is float.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
/**
* Underlying C type is a uint8_t* that is either NULL or points to a C
* string allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
/**
* Underlying C type is AVRational.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
/**
* Underlying C type is a uint8_t* that is either NULL or points to an array
* allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions. The pointer is
* immediately followed by an int containing the array length in bytes.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,
/**
* Underlying C type is AVDictionary*.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
/**
* Underlying C type is uint64_t.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
/**
* Special option type for declaring named constants. Does not correspond to
* an actual field in the object, offset must be 0.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
/**
* Underlying C type is two consecutive integers.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE,
/**
* Underlying C type is enum AVPixelFormat.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
/**
* Underlying C type is enum AVSampleFormat.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
/**
* Underlying C type is AVRational.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE,
/**
* Underlying C type is int64_t.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
/**
* Underlying C type is uint8_t[4].
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
#endif
/**
* Underlying C type is int.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
/**
* Underlying C type is AVChannelLayout.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT,
/**
* Underlying C type is unsigned int.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT,
/**
* May be combined with another regular option type to declare an array
* option.
*
* For array options, @ref AVOption.offset should refer to a pointer
* corresponding to the option type. The pointer should be immediately
* followed by an unsigned int that will store the number of elements in the
* array.
*/
AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY = (1 << 16),
};
/**
* A generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM (1 << 0)
/**
* A generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM (1 << 1)
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM (1 << 3)
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM (1 << 4)
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM (1 << 5)
/**
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT (1 << 6)
/**
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 7)
/**
* A generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1 << 8)
/**
* A generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1 << 15)
/**
* A generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1 << 16)
/**
* Set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for
* more information.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1 << 17)
/**
* Set if option constants can also reside in child objects.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1 << 18)
/**
* May be set as default_val for AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY options.
*/
typedef struct AVOptionArrayDef {
/**
* Native access only.
*
* Default value of the option, as would be serialized by av_opt_get() (i.e.
* using the value of sep as the separator).
*/
const char *def;
/**
* Minimum number of elements in the array. When this field is non-zero, def
* must be non-NULL and contain at least this number of elements.
*/
unsigned size_min;
/**
* Maximum number of elements in the array, 0 when unlimited.
*/
unsigned size_max;
/**
* Separator between array elements in string representations of this
* option, used by av_opt_set() and av_opt_get(). It must be a printable
* ASCII character, excluding alphanumeric and the backslash. A comma is
* used when sep=0.
*
* The separator and the backslash must be backslash-escaped in order to
* appear in string representations of the option value.
*/
char sep;
} AVOptionArrayDef;
/**
* AVOption
*/
@@ -258,6 +436,8 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
const char *help;
/**
* Native access only.
*
* The offset relative to the context structure where the option
* value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
*/
@@ -265,6 +445,7 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
enum AVOptionType type;
/**
* Native access only, except when documented otherwise.
* the default value for scalar options
*/
union {
@@ -273,31 +454,22 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
const char *str;
/* TODO those are unused now */
AVRational q;
/**
* Used for AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAG_ARRAY options. May be NULL.
*
* Foreign access to some members allowed, as noted in AVOptionArrayDef
* documentation.
*/
const AVOptionArrayDef *arr;
} default_val;
double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
/**
* A combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*.
*/
int flags;
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
/**
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
/**
* The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
*/
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
/**
* The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
@@ -376,15 +548,9 @@ typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
} AVOptionRanges;
/**
* Show the obj options.
*
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
* @defgroup opt_mng AVOption (un)initialization and inspection.
* @{
*/
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
/**
* Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
@@ -404,161 +570,37 @@ void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
*/
void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
* AVOptions.
*
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
* separate key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*/
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
*
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
* delimiter
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
* found; after that, all options must be named
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
* other.
*/
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *const *shorthand,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Free all allocated objects in obj.
*/
void av_opt_free(void *obj);
/**
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
*
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
* AVClass describing it.
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
* or NULL
* @return next AVOption or NULL
*/
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
/**
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
*
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
* or the final NUL)
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
*
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
*
*/
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
unsigned flags,
char **rkey, char **rval);
enum {
/**
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
* as NULL.
*/
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
};
/**
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
* @{
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
* @param val string to be evaluated.
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
*/
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
/**
* @}
* @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored.
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
*/
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter);
#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
given object first. */
@@ -576,6 +618,12 @@ int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational
*/
#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
/**
* May be used with av_opt_set_array() to signal that new elements should
* replace the existing ones in the indicated range.
*/
#define AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE (1 << 3)
/**
* Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
* one component for certain option types.
@@ -633,31 +681,161 @@ const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
/**
* Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
* Show the obj options.
*
* @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
* AVClass describing it.
* @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
* or NULL
* @return next AVOption or NULL
* @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
* @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
* options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
* @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
*/
const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
/**
* Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
* Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
*
* @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
* point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
* or the final NUL)
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
* @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
* @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
*
* @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
* AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
*
* @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
* @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
*/
void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
unsigned flags,
char **rkey, char **rval);
enum {
/**
* Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
* as NULL.
*/
AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
};
/**
* Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
*
* @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored.
* @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
* @}
*/
const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter);
/**
* @defgroup opt_write Setting and modifying option values
* @{
*/
/**
* Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
* found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
* key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
* AVOptions.
*
* @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
* separate key from value
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other
* @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*/
int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
* set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
*
* @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
* @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
* delimiter
* @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
* notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
* the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
* then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
* finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
* found; after that, all options must be named
* @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* key from value, for example '='
* @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
* two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
* @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
* value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
* AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
* the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
* cannot be set
*
* Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
* Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
* other.
*/
int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
const char *const *shorthand,
const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
/**
* Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
* @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
* by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
* Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
* with av_dict_free().
* @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
* but could not be set.
*
* @see av_dict_copy()
*/
int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
/**
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
*
* The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee
* below does not apply if this is not fulfilled.
*
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
*
* Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest
* no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free()
* on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src.
*
* @param dest Object to copy from
* @param src Object to copy into
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
*/
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
/**
* @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
@@ -697,10 +875,10 @@ int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_
int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
#endif
/**
* @note Any old chlayout present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
* caller still owns layout and is responsible for uninitializing it.
*/
int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags);
/**
* @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
@@ -724,8 +902,64 @@ int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, in
av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
/**
* Add, replace, or remove elements for an array option. Which of these
* operations is performed depends on the values of val and search_flags.
*
* @param start_elem Index of the first array element to modify; must not be
* larger than array size as returned by
* av_opt_get_array_size().
* @param nb_elems number of array elements to modify; when val is NULL,
* start_elem+nb_elems must not be larger than array size as
* returned by av_opt_get_array_size()
*
* @param val_type Option type corresponding to the type of val, ignored when val is
* NULL.
*
* The effect of this function will will be as if av_opt_setX()
* was called for each element, where X is specified by type.
* E.g. AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING corresponds to av_opt_set().
*
* Typically this should be the same as the scalarized type of
* the AVOption being set, but certain conversions are also
* possible - the same as those done by the corresponding
* av_opt_set*() function. E.g. any option type can be set from
* a string, numeric types can be set from int64, double, or
* rational, etc.
*
* @param val Array with nb_elems elements or NULL.
*
* When NULL, nb_elems array elements starting at start_elem are
* removed from the array. Any array elements remaining at the end
* are shifted by nb_elems towards the first element in order to keep
* the array contiguous.
*
* Otherwise (val is non-NULL), the type of val must match the
* underlying C type as documented for val_type.
*
* When AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE is not set in search_flags, the array is
* enlarged by nb_elems, and the contents of val are inserted at
* start_elem. Previously existing array elements from start_elem
* onwards (if present) are shifted by nb_elems away from the first
* element in order to make space for the new elements.
*
* When AV_OPT_ARRAY_REPLACE is set in search_flags, the contents
* of val replace existing array elements from start_elem to
* start_elem+nb_elems (if present). New array size is
* max(start_elem + nb_elems, old array size).
*/
int av_opt_set_array(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags,
unsigned int start_elem, unsigned int nb_elems,
enum AVOptionType val_type, const void *val);
/**
* @}
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup opt_read Reading option values
* @{
*/
/**
@@ -756,19 +990,85 @@ int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_
int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
attribute_deprecated
int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
#endif
/**
* @param[out] layout The returned layout is a copy of the actual value and must
* be freed with av_channel_layout_uninit() by the caller
*/
int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout);
/**
* @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
* be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
*/
int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
/**
* For an array-type option, get the number of elements in the array.
*/
int av_opt_get_array_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags,
unsigned int *out_val);
/**
* For an array-type option, retrieve the values of one or more array elements.
*
* @param start_elem index of the first array element to retrieve
* @param nb_elems number of array elements to retrieve; start_elem+nb_elems
* must not be larger than array size as returned by
* av_opt_get_array_size()
*
* @param out_type Option type corresponding to the desired output.
*
* The array elements produced by this function will
* will be as if av_opt_getX() was called for each element,
* where X is specified by out_type. E.g. AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING
* corresponds to av_opt_get().
*
* Typically this should be the same as the scalarized type of
* the AVOption being retrieved, but certain conversions are
* also possible - the same as those done by the corresponding
* av_opt_get*() function. E.g. any option type can be retrieved
* as a string, numeric types can be retrieved as int64, double,
* or rational, etc.
*
* @param out_val Array with nb_elems members into which the output will be
* written. The array type must match the underlying C type as
* documented for out_type, and be zeroed on entry to this
* function.
*
* For dynamically allocated types (strings, binary, dicts,
* etc.), the result is owned and freed by the caller.
*/
int av_opt_get_array(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags,
unsigned int start_elem, unsigned int nb_elems,
enum AVOptionType out_type, void *out_val);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
* @{
* This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
* and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
* except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
*
* @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
* @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
* @param val string to be evaluated.
* @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
*
* @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
*/
int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
int av_opt_eval_uint (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, unsigned *uint_out);
int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
* This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
@@ -779,61 +1079,6 @@ int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDiction
*/
void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
/**
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
*/
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
/**
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Copy options from src object into dest object.
*
* The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee
* below does not apply if this is not fulfilled.
*
* Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
* Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
*
* Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest
* no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free()
* on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src.
*
* @param dest Object to copy from
* @param src Object to copy into
* @return 0 on success, negative on error
*/
int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
/**
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Check if given option is set to its default value.
*
@@ -860,9 +1105,19 @@ int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
*/
int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
/**
* Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
*
* @param field_name the name of the flag field option
* @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
* @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
* isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
*/
int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS 0x00000001 ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT 0x00000002 ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x00000004 ///< Serialize options in possible children of the given object.
/**
* Serialize object's options.
@@ -884,6 +1139,47 @@ int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_fla
*/
int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
*/
void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
/**
* Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
*
* This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
* and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
*
* @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
* AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
* AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
*
* The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
*
* @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
*/
int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
/**
* @}
*/

24
include/libavutil/parseutils.h
View File

@@ -79,6 +79,8 @@ int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
/**
* Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
*
* @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective
* red, green, blue and alpha component values are written.
* @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
* a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
* possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
@@ -92,6 +94,8 @@ int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
* @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
* color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
* containing nothing else than the color.
* @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
* is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL.
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
* failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
*/
@@ -106,7 +110,7 @@ int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
* av_parse_color().
*
* @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
* @param rgbp if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
* @param rgb if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
* @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
*/
const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
@@ -162,19 +166,19 @@ int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info
* by the standard strptime().
*
* The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
* - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '23'
* - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
* - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
* - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
* range '00' through '59'
* - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
* - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
* - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
* - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
* - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
* - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
* through '31'
* - %T: alias for '%H:%M:%S'
* - %%: a literal '%'
* - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S`
* - `%%`: a literal `%`
*
* @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
* call. In case the input string contains more characters than

42
include/libavutil/pixdesc.h
View File

@@ -157,6 +157,11 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
/**
* The pixel format contains XYZ-like data (as opposed to YUV/RGB/grayscale).
*/
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_XYZ (1 << 10)
/**
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
* described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
@@ -264,6 +269,28 @@ const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
*/
int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
/**
* Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
*
* The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
* with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
*
* @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
* @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
*/
int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
/**
* Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
*
* The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
* with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
*
* @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position
* @param ypos vertical chroma sample position
*/
enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
/**
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
*
@@ -357,12 +384,15 @@ void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
*/
enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION 0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH 0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE 0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA 0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT 0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA 0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */
#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH 0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */
/**
* Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific

101
include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
View File

@@ -32,6 +32,13 @@
#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
/**
* Maximum number of planes in any pixel format.
* This should be used when a maximum is needed, but code should not
* be written to require a maximum for no good reason.
*/
#define AV_VIDEO_MAX_PLANES 4
/**
* Pixel format.
*
@@ -83,7 +90,7 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)3R 3G 2B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
@@ -206,8 +213,36 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
/**
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
* HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
* mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
*
* Before FFmpeg 5.0:
* mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing
* the following frames as QSV frames:
*
* VAAPI:
* mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID
*
* DXVA2:
* mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9
*
* FFmpeg 5.0 and above:
* mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair
* structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames:
*
* VAAPI:
* mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer.
* mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
*
* DXVA2:
* mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer.
* mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
*
* D3D11:
* mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer.
* mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the
* ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a
* normal texture.
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
/**
@@ -260,10 +295,6 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
#if FF_API_XVMC
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
#endif
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
@@ -367,6 +398,47 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA, ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA...
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE, ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX, ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE, ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE, ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P212BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 24bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P212LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 24bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P412BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 36bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_P412LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 36bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 56bpp, big-endian
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 56bpp, little-endian
/**
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D 12.
*
* data[0] points to an AVD3D12VAFrame
*/
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D12,
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
};
@@ -425,6 +497,7 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP14BE, GBRAP14LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
@@ -453,17 +526,28 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE, P012LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE, Y212LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE, XV30LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE, XV36LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P212 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P212BE, P212LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P412 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P412BE, P412LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE)
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE)
/**
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273.
@@ -539,6 +623,9 @@ enum AVColorSpace {
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
AVCOL_SPC_IPT_C2 = 15, ///< SMPTE ST 2128, IPT-C2
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO_RE = 16, ///< YCgCo-R, even addition of bits
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO_RO = 17, ///< YCgCo-R, odd addition of bits
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
};

14
include/libavutil/random_seed.h
View File

@@ -21,6 +21,7 @@
#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
/**
* @addtogroup lavu_crypto
@@ -36,6 +37,19 @@
*/
uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
/**
* Generate cryptographically secure random data, i.e. suitable for use as
* encryption keys and similar.
*
* @param buf buffer into which the random data will be written
* @param len size of buf in bytes
*
* @retval 0 success, len bytes of random data was written
* into buf
* @retval "a negative AVERROR code" random data could not be generated
*/
int av_random_bytes(uint8_t *buf, size_t len);
/**
* @}
*/

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More